Experion PKS

Control Builder Components

Reference
EP-DCX363
R210
10/04
 Notices and Trademarks

Copyright 2004 by Honeywell International Inc.

Release R210 Octrober 25, 2004

While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate, Honeywell disclaims
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose and makes no
express warranties except as may be stated in its written agreement with and for its customers.

In no event is Honeywell liable to anyone for any indirect, special or consequential damages. The
information and specifications in this document are subject to change without notice.

Honeywell, TotalPlant, and Experion PKS are registered trademarks of Honeywell International
Inc.

Other brand or product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

Honeywell
Industry Solutions
2500 West Union Hills
Phoenix, AZ 85027
1-800 343-0228

ii Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 About This Document

Revision Notes
The following list provides notes concerning all revisions of this document.

Doc ID Rel ID Date Notes

EP-DCX363 R210 10/25/04 Initial Release

References
The following list identifies all documents that may be sources of reference for material
discussed in this publication.

Document Title Doc ID

Exprerion R210 Control Builder EP-DCXX83

Components Theory

Experion R210 Control Builder EP-DCX103

Parameter Reference

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference iii

10/04 Honeywell
About This Document

Contacts
World Wide Web
The following lists Honeywell’s World Wide Web sites that will be of interest to our
industrial automation and control customers.

Honeywell Organization WWW Address (URL)

Corporate http://www.honeywell.com

Automation & Control Solutions http://www.acs.honeywell.com

International http://www.honeywell.com/Business/global.asp

Telephone
Contact us by telephone at the numbers listed below.

Organization Phone Number

United States Honeywell International Inc. 1-800-223-8947 Sales

and Canada Automation & Control Solutions 416-502-5200 Canada
1-800-822-7673 Tech.
Support

Asia Pacific Honeywell Ltd. 852-2331-9133

Hong Kong

Europe Honeywell Ltd. 32 2-728-2704

Brussels, Belgium

Latin America Honeywell International Inc. 954-845-2600

Sunrise, Florida U.S.A.

iv Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 About This Document

Symbol Definitions
The following table lists those symbols used in this document to denote certain
conditions.

Symbol Definition

ATTENTION: Identifies information that requires special

consideration.

TIP: Identifies advice or hints for the user, often in terms of

performing a task.

REFERENCE -EXTERNAL: Identifies an additional source of

information outside of the bookset.

REFERENCE - INTERNAL: Identifies an additional source of

information within the bookset.

Indicates a situation which, if not avoided, may result in equipment

or work (data) on the system being damaged or lost, or may result in
the inability to properly operate the process.

CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used
to alert against unsafe practices.

CAUTION symbol on the equipment refers the user to the product

manual for additional information. The symbol appears next to
required information in the manual.

WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING symbol on the equipment refers the user to the product

manual for additional information. The symbol appears next to
required information in the manual.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference v

10/04 Honeywell
About This Document

Symbol Definition

WARNING, Risk of electrical shock: Potential shock hazard where

HAZARDOUS LIVE voltages greater than 30 Vrms, 42.4 Vpeak, or
60 VDC may be accessible.

ESD HAZARD: Danger of an electro-static discharge to which

equipment may be sensitive. Observe precautions for handling
electrostatic sensitive devices

Protective Earth (PE) terminal:. Provided for connection of the

protective earth (green or green/yellow) supply system conductor.

Functional earth terminal: Used for non-safety purposes such as

noise immunity improvement. NOTE: This connection shall be
bonded to Protective Earth at the source of supply in accordance
with national local electrical code requirements.

Earth Ground. Functional earth connection. NOTE: This

connection shall be bonded to Protective Earth at the source of
supply in accordance with national and local electrical code
requirements.

Chassis Ground: Identifies a connection to the chassis or frame of

the equipment shall be bonded to Protective Earth at the source of
supply in accordance with national and local electrical code
requirements.

vi Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Contents

Control Builder Components....................................................................1

Component Categories and Types .............................................................................. 1
Introduction ............................................................................................................................1
Hardware relation category ....................................................................................................1
Physical equipment block types .............................................................................................4
Functional relation category ...................................................................................................6
Functional block types............................................................................................................8
Component Libraries.................................................................................................. 10
Auxiliary (AUXILIARY) Library..............................................................................................10
Device Control (DEVCTL) Library ........................................................................................10
Data Acquisition (DATAACQ) Library...................................................................................10
Input/Output Channel (IOCHANNEL) Library .......................................................................10
Exchange Library (ControlNet Interoperability).....................................................................11
Pulse Input Channel/Module Library ....................................................................................11
Input/Output Module (IOMODULE) library............................................................................12
Logic (LOGIC) Library ..........................................................................................................15
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) ................................................................................16
Regulatory Control (REGCTL) library...................................................................................18
Sequential Control Module (SCM) library .............................................................................18
System (SYSTEM) Library ...................................................................................................18
Universal Control Network Interface (UCNIF) Library...........................................................19
Hiway Interface (HIWAYIF) Library ......................................................................................19
Utility (UTILITY) Library........................................................................................................19
Rail I/O Modules –Series H (RAIL_IO_HAZ) Library ............................................................19
HART I/O Modules (HARTIO) Library ..................................................................................19
DeviceNet Interface (DNETIF) Library..................................................................................20
PROFIBUS Interface (PBUSIF) Library................................................................................20
Rail I/O Modules – Series A (RAIL_IO) Library ....................................................................20

Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types............................21

Overview .................................................................................................................... 21
Application Control Environment Block...................................................................... 22
ACE Block ............................................................................................................................22
Control Processor Module Block ............................................................................... 24
CPM block............................................................................................................................24
Control Execution Environment Block ....................................................................... 26
CEE block ............................................................................................................................26

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference vii

10/04 Honeywell
Contents

Control Execution Environment Application Control Environment Block ...................28

CEEACE Block ....................................................................................................................28
Input/Output Link Interface Module Block ..................................................................30
IOLIM block..........................................................................................................................30
Input/Output Link Block ..............................................................................................31
IOLINK block........................................................................................................................31
OLE for Process Control Server Block.......................................................................32
OPC block............................................................................................................................32
Redundancy Module Block.........................................................................................33
RM block ..............................................................................................................................33
Fault Tolerant Ethernet Bridge Module Block ............................................................34
FTEB block ..........................................................................................................................34
Input Type I/O Module Blocks ....................................................................................36
TC-HAI081/TK-HAI081 (8 channel HART - 10V / 4 to 20mA - Analog Input).......................36
TC-IAH061/TK-IAH061 (6 Channel - 10V / 4 to 20mA Isolated - Analog Input) ...................37
TC-IAH161/TK-IAH161 (16 Channel - 10V / 4 to 20mA Non-Isolated - Analog Input) .........38
TC-IDA161/TK-IDA161 (16 Channel - 120Vac Non-Isolated - Digital Input) ........................39
TC-IDD321/TK-IDD321 (32 Channel - 24Vdc Non-Isolated - Digital Input)..........................40
TC-IDJ161/TK-IDJ161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc Isolated - Digital Input) ...................................41
TC-IDK161/TK-IDK161 (16 Channel - 120Vac Isolated - Digital Input) ................................42
TC-IDW161/TK-IDW161 (16 Channel - 220Vac Isolated - Digital Input) ..............................44
TC-IDX081/TK-IDX081 (8 Channel - 120Vac Diagnostic Input)...........................................45
TC-IDX161/TK-IDX161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc Diagnostic Input)...........................................46
TC-IXL061/TK-IXL061 (6 Channel - Thermocouple Input) ...................................................47
TC-IXR061/TK-IXR061 (6 Channel - RTD Input) .................................................................48
Output Type I/O Module Blocks .................................................................................49
TC-HAO081/TK-HAO081 (8 channel HART - 10V / 4 to 20mA - Analog Output) ................49
TC-OAH061/TK-OAH061 (6 Channel - 4 to 20mA - Analog Output)....................................50
TC-OAV061/TK-OAV061 (6 Channel - 10V - Analog Output) ..............................................51
TC-OAV081/TK-OAV081 (8 Channel - 10V / 4 to 20mA Non-Isolated - Analog Output) .....52
TC-ODA161/TK-ODA161 (16 Channel - 120/220Vac Non-Isolated - Digital Output) ...........53
TC-ODD321/TK-ODD321 (32 Channel - 24Vdc Non-Isolated Digital Output)......................54
TC-ODJ161/TK-ODJ161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc Isolated Digital Output) ...............................55
TC-ODK161/TK-ODK161 (16 Channel - 120/220Vac Isolated - Digital Output)...................56
TC-ODX081/TK-ODX081 (8 Channel - 120Vac- Diagnostic Output) ...................................57
TC-ODX161/TK-ODX161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc- Diagnostic Output) ...................................58
TC-ORC081/TK-ORC081 (8 Channel – 8 n.c., 8 n.o. 5-150Vdc, 10-265Vac Isolated - Relay
Output).................................................................................................................................60
TC-ORC161/TK-ORC161 (16 Channel, 5-150Vdc, 10-265Vac Isolated - Contact Output)..61
Serial Interface Module (SIM) I/O Module Block ........................................................62
TC-MUX021/TK-MUX021 (Up to 32 Array Channel Function Blocks)..................................62
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks..........................................................63

viii Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Contents

AICHANNEL (PMIO) block...................................................................................................63

HAICHANNEL (PMIO) block ................................................................................................64
AOCHANNEL (PMIO) block .................................................................................................66
HAOCHANNEL (PMIO) block ..............................................................................................67
DICHANNEL (PMIO) block...................................................................................................68
DOCHANNEL (PMIO) block.................................................................................................69
HLAI block............................................................................................................................70
HLAIHART block ..................................................................................................................71
LLMUX block........................................................................................................................72
STI_MV block.......................................................................................................................73
AO16 block...........................................................................................................................74
AO16HART block.................................................................................................................75
DI24V block..........................................................................................................................76
DISOE block.........................................................................................................................77
DI block ................................................................................................................................78
DO32 block ..........................................................................................................................78

Reference Data for Functional Block Types...........................................81

Overview .................................................................................................................... 81
Auxiliary Blocks .......................................................................................................... 82
AUXCALC (Auxiliary Calculation) block................................................................................82
AUXSUMMER (Auxiliary Summer) block .............................................................................86
DEADTIME block .................................................................................................................87
ENHAUXCALC (Enhanced Auxiliary Calculation) block .......................................................88
FLOWCOMP (Flow Compensation) block ............................................................................91
GENLIN (General Linearization) block .................................................................................92
LEADLAG (Lead Lag) block .................................................................................................93
TOTALIZER block ................................................................................................................94
Device Control Block.................................................................................................. 96
DEVCTL (Device Control) block...........................................................................................96
Data Acquisition Block ............................................................................................... 98
DATAACQ (Data Acquisition) block .....................................................................................98
IO Channel Blocks ................................................................................................... 101
AICHANNEL.......................................................................................................................101
AOCHANNEL.....................................................................................................................101
DICHANNEL ......................................................................................................................102
DOCHANNEL.....................................................................................................................103
PWMCHANNEL .................................................................................................................104
SIFLAGARRCH..................................................................................................................105
SINUMARRCH...................................................................................................................106
SITEXTARRCH..................................................................................................................107
Exchange Blocks (ControlNet Interoperability)........................................................ 108
REQFLAGARRAY (Request Flag Array) block ..................................................................108

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference ix

10/04 Honeywell
Contents

REQNUMARRAY (Request Number Array) block ............................................................. 109

REQTEXTARRAY (Request Text Array) block .................................................................. 110
RSPFLAGARRAY (Response Flag Array) block................................................................ 111
RSPNUMARRAY (Response Number Array) block ........................................................... 112
RSPTEXTARRAY (Response Text Array) block................................................................ 113
HART DEVICE Block ...............................................................................................114
HART DEVICE (Generic HART Device) ............................................................................ 114
Pulse Input Channel/Module Blocks ........................................................................115
Pulse Input Channel with Fast Cutoff ................................................................................. 115
Pulse Input Channel........................................................................................................... 116
Pulse Input Totalizer ..........................................................................................................117
Pulse Input Module Block TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081 ......................................................... 118
Logic Blocks .............................................................................................................119
AND block .......................................................................................................................... 119
CHECKBAD block.............................................................................................................. 120
CHECKBOOL block ........................................................................................................... 120
DELAY block...................................................................................................................... 121
EQ (Equal) block................................................................................................................ 122
FTRIG (Falling-edge Trigger) block ................................................................................... 123
GE (Greater than or Equal to) block................................................................................... 124
GT (Greater Than) block.................................................................................................... 125
LE (Less than or Equal to) block ........................................................................................ 126
LIMIT block ........................................................................................................................ 127
LT (Less Than) block ......................................................................................................... 127
MAX block.......................................................................................................................... 128
MAXPULSE block .............................................................................................................. 129
MIN block ........................................................................................................................... 129
MINPULSE block ............................................................................................................... 130
MUX (Multiplexer) block ..................................................................................................... 130
MUXREAL (Real Multiplexer) block ................................................................................... 131
MVOTE (Majority Voting) block.......................................................................................... 132
NAND block ....................................................................................................................... 132
NE (Not Equal) block ......................................................................................................... 133
nOON (n out of N voting) block .......................................................................................... 134
NOR block ......................................................................................................................... 135
NOT block.......................................................................................................................... 135
OFFDELAY block............................................................................................................... 136
ONDELAY block ................................................................................................................ 137
OR block ............................................................................................................................ 137
PULSE block...................................................................................................................... 138
QOR (Qualified OR) block ................................................................................................. 139
ROL (Rotate Output Left) block.......................................................................................... 139
ROR (Rotate Output Right) block....................................................................................... 140
RS (Reset dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block ....................................................................... 140
RTRIG (Rising edge Trigger) block.................................................................................... 141
SEL (Binary Selection) block.............................................................................................. 142
SELREAL (Real Selection) block ....................................................................................... 142
x Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Contents

SHL (Shift Output Left) block..............................................................................................143

SHR (Shift Output Right) block...........................................................................................143
SR (Set dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block ...........................................................................144
STARTSIGNAL block.........................................................................................................145
TRIG (Rising or Falling edge Trigger) block .......................................................................145
WATCHDOG block ............................................................................................................146
XOR block ..........................................................................................................................146
2OO3 (2 out of 3 voting) block ...........................................................................................147
Regulatory Control Blocks ....................................................................................... 148
AUTOMAN (Auto Manual) block ........................................................................................148
ENHREGCALC (Enhanced Regulatory Control Calculator) block ......................................151
FANOUT block ...................................................................................................................157
OVRDSEL(Override Selector) block...................................................................................160
PID block............................................................................................................................163
PIDER block.......................................................................................................................168
PID-PL block ......................................................................................................................174
PIDFF (PID Feedforward) block .........................................................................................179
POSPROP (Position Proportional) block............................................................................184
PULSECOUNT block .........................................................................................................190
PULSELENGTH block........................................................................................................191
RAMPSOAK block .............................................................................................................194
RATIOBIAS block...............................................................................................................198
RATIOCTL block ................................................................................................................202
REGCALC (Regulatory Control Calculator) block ..............................................................207
REMCAS block ..................................................................................................................213
SWITCH block....................................................................................................................217
Sequential Control Module Blocks........................................................................... 221
HANDLER Block ................................................................................................................221
STEP Block ........................................................................................................................223
SYNC Block .......................................................................................................................224
TRANSITION Block............................................................................................................225
System Blocks.......................................................................................................... 227
CONTROL MODULE block (Continuous Control) ..............................................................227
SEQUENTIAL CONTROL MODULE block (Sequential Control)........................................229
Universal Control Network Interface (UCNIF) Block................................................ 230
UCNOUT block ..................................................................................................................230
Hiway Interface (HIWAYIF) Blocks .......................................................................... 231
HIWAYOUT block ..............................................................................................................231
Utility Blocks............................................................................................................. 232
FLAG block ........................................................................................................................232
FLAGARRAY block ............................................................................................................233
MESSAGE block ................................................................................................................234
NUMERIC block .................................................................................................................236
NUMERICARRAY block.....................................................................................................236

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference xi

10/04 Honeywell
Contents

PUSH block........................................................................................................................ 237

TEXTARRAY block ............................................................................................................ 239
TIMER block ...................................................................................................................... 239
TYPECONVERT block....................................................................................................... 240

xii Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Tables

Tables
Table 1 Physical equipment block types. ....................................................................... 4
Table 2 Functional block types ....................................................................................... 8
Table 3 Expression Operators and Functions Reference ............................................ 84

Figures
Figure 1 Physical Equipment reference for corresponding hardware component in typical
non-redundant system architecture.......................................................................... 2
Figure 2 Physical Equipment reference for corresponding hardware component in typical
redundant system architecture................................................................................. 3
Figure 3 Typical view of control module configuration in Control Builder. ..................... 7

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference xiii

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

xiv Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components

Component Categories and Types

Introduction
We divide the Control Builder components into these two major categories:
• Hardware relation category
• Functional relation category

Hardware relation category

The hardware relation category includes the physical equipment block types provided in
Control Builder. These block types let you quickly integrate the related control hardware
into your control strategy. Figure 1 shows the physical equipment that relates to the
corresponding hardware relations covered in this document for a typical non-redundant
system. Figure 2 shows the physical equipment that relates to the corresponding
hardware relations for a typical redundant system.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 1

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Station

FTE or Ethernet

Application
Server Control
Environment

FTE, ControlNet, or Ethernet

FTE Bridge, ControlNet Interface, or Ethernet Module
Control Processor Module
I/O Link Interface Module
Local I/O Module

Process
Controller

Input/Output Processor I/O (Field Devices)

ControlNet Interface Module
Fieldbus Interface Module
Remote I/O Module

I/O
Chassis

Process Manager I/O I/O (Field Devices)

Figure 1 Physical Equipment reference for corresponding hardware

component in typical non-redundant system architecture.

2 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Categories and Types

Station Station

FTE or Ethernet

Application
Primary Secondary Control
Server Server Environment

Fault Tolerant Ethernet (FTE) or ControlNet

FTE Bridge or ControlNet Interface Module FTE Bridge or ControlNet Interface Module
Control Processor Module Control Processor Module
Redundancy Module Redundancy Module
I/O Link Interface Module I/O Link Interface Module

Process Process
Controller Controller

ControlNet
Input/Output Processor
ControlNet Interface Module
Fieldbus Interface Module
Remote I/O Module

I/O
Chassis

Process Manager I/O I/O (Field Devices)

Figure 2 Physical Equipment reference for corresponding hardware

component in typical redundant system architecture.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 3

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Physical equipment block types

Table 1 identifies the physical equipment block types provided to represent
corresponding major control hardware components. The Control Execution Environment
(CEE) block is included as one of these block types because of its relationship with the
Control Processor, although it is a functional type more than a physical one.

Table 1 Physical equipment block types.

Physical Equipment Blocks

Type Description

Control Processor Module Block Defines name/location and Control

Execution Environment (CEE)
assignment for Primary and Secondary
CPMs in connected C200 Controllers.
This CPM is redundancy compliant.

Control Execution Environment Block Supports block execution and

communications in given CPM.

Application Control Environment Block Defines name/location and Control

Execution Environment (CEE)
assignment for Application Control
Environment supervisory controller
(ACE) node.

Control Execution Environment Application Supports block execution and

Control Environment Block communications in given ACE.

Input Type I/O Module Blocks Provides links for I/O channels to
interface physical I/O module to given
Control Processor Module. This includes
Series R, Series H, Series A and HART
Input modules.

Output Type I/O Module Blocks Provides links for I/O channels to
interface physical I/O module to given
Control Processor Module. This includes
Series R, Series H, Series A and HART
Output modules.

Pulse Input Module Block TC-MDP081/TK- Serves as the interface board between
MDP081 the C200 Process Controller and field
transducers such as tachometers, flow
meters, and magnetic pickups.

4 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Categories and Types

Physical Equipment Blocks

Type Description

Redundancy Module Block Defines name/location of Primary and

Secondary Redundancy Modules in
Redundant Chassis Pair. This module is
redundancy compliant.

Fault Tolerant Ethernet Bridge Module Provides link to Fault Tolerant Ethernet
Block (FTE) supervisory network. This includes
C200 Process Controller and Fieldbus
Interface Module chassis.

Serial Interface Module (SIM) I/O Module Provides configuration and

Block communication software to enable
devices to communicate via an ASCII
serial protocol to perform bi-directional
data exchange directly with the Control
Processor.

Input/Output Link Interface Module Block Provides links for Process Manager I/O
channels to interface physical
Input/Output Processors (IOPs) to given
controller.

Input/Output Link Block Supports interface communications in

given IOLIM.

OLE for Process Control Server Block Defines communication path to external
OPC server.

Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Provides links for I/O channels to

Blocks interface physical I/O Processors to
given I/O Link Interface Module.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 5

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Functional relation category

Our Control Builder application includes comprehensive libraries of function blocks that
streamline the control strategy configuration process. You simply “drag and drop”
selected blocks into a Control Module and/or Sequential Control Module container to
emulate the necessary functional requirements of your process.

REFERENCE

Please refer to Control Building Guide for details about how to configure a
control strategy.

The functional relation category conveniently groups function blocks according to a

related functional block type or component library. The component libraries provide a
convenient way to group related function blocks for easy access and reference.
Figure 3 shows the general graphic orientation and Windows look-and-feel of the
Control Builder application for reference.

6 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Categories and Types

Figure 3 Typical view of control module configuration in Control Builder.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 7

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Functional block types

Table 2 identifies the functional block types used to represent a group of corresponding
function blocks provided in Control Builder. These block types are used as a way to
simplify information retrieval for a given function block, and do not necessarily
correspond to an actual Control Builder function.

Table 2 Functional block types

Functional Block

Type Description

Auxiliary Blocks Includes block types for performing auxiliary

control functions, such as: calculation, general
linearization and totalization.

Data Acquisition Block Provides signal conditioning for a process input

value from another function block.

Device Control Block Provides a multi-input/multi-output function that

provides an interface to discrete devices such as
motors, pumps, solenoid valves, and motor-
operated valves.

IO Channel Blocks Includes channel block types (analog input, analog

output, digital input, digital output, pulse width
modulator) to represent I/O points that are device
independent; each I/O channel type has a
standard interface with control function blocks.

This category also includes array channel blocks

to support communications with the associated
Serial Interface Module and the connected Field
Terminal Assembly (FTA) device. You assign an
array channel block to one of the SIM block’s 32
channels as well as designating which of the two
FTAs it is associated with. The array channel
block types are flag, numeric, and text.

HART DEVICE Block Provides a standard interface to the HART AI

module TC-HAI081and HART AO module TC-
HAO081.

Pulse Input Channel/Module Provides a standard interface to the Pulse Input

Blocks Module TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081.

8 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Categories and Types

Functional Block

Exchange Blocks (ControlNet Includes block types for performing ControlNet

Interoperability) Interoperability functions, such as: Flag, Numeric
and Text storage.

Logic Blocks Provides a set of Boolean, selection and

comparison functions to be used as a basis for
integrated logic control.

Regulatory Control Blocks Includes block types for building internal control
loops.

Sequential Control Module Blocks Includes block types for building a sequential
control function.

System Blocks Control Module (CM) is a Control Builder

“container” that uses predefined continuous
(discrete) control function blocks to define a given
process control strategy.

Sequential Control Module (SCM) is a Control

Builder “container” that uses predefined sequential
control function blocks to define the sequential
operation for a given process control strategy.

Universal Control Network Provides a configurable function for creating

Interface (UCNIF) Block regulatory control cascade strategies between the
Application Control Environment (ACE)
supervisory controller and Process Manager
controllers residing on a Universal Control
Network in a connected TPS system.

Hiway Interface (HIWAYIF) Blocks Includes block types for creating regulatory control
cascade strategies between the Application
Control Environment (ACE) supervisory controller
and Data Hiway controllers residing on a Data
Hiway in a connected TPS system

Utility Blocks Includes block types for performing utility control

functions, such as: status flag, numeric storage
and timer capabilities. Blocks have been added
for message, data array, and parameter type
convert support.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 9

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Component Libraries
Auxiliary (AUXILIARY) Library
The Auxiliary Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions
are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• AUXCALC (Auxiliary • AUXSUMMER • DEADTIME Block

Calculation) block (Auxiliary Summer)
block

• ENHAUXCALC • FLOWCOMP (Flow • GENLIN (General

(Enhanced Auxiliary Compensation) Block Linerization) Block
Calculation) block

• LEADLAG (Lead • TOTALIZER block

Lag) block

Device Control (DEVCTL) Library

The Device Control Library includes the DEVCTL (Device Control) block. A detailed
description is given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

Data Acquisition (DATAACQ) Library

The Data Acquisition Library includes the DATAACQ (Data Acquisition) block. A
detailed description is given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in
the following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

Input/Output Channel (IOCHANNEL) Library

The Input/Output Channel Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed
descriptions are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• AICHANNEL • DOCHANNEL

• AOCHANNEL • PWMCHANNEL

• DICHANNEL • SIFLAGARRCH

• SINUMARRCH • SITEXTARRCH

10 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Libraries

Exchange Library (ControlNet Interoperability)

The Exchange Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions
are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• REQFLAGARRAY (Request Flag • RSPFLAGARRAY (Response Flag

Array) block Array) block

• REQNUMARRAY (Request • RSPNUMARRAY (Response

Number Array) block Number Array) block

• REQTEXTARRAY (Request Text • RSPTEXTARRAY (Response Text

Array) block Array) block

Pulse Input Channel/Module Library

• Pulse Input Channel with Fast

Cutoff

• Pulse Input Channel

• Pulse Input Module Block TC-

MDP081/TK-MDP081

• Pulse Input Totalizer

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 11

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Input/Output Module (IOMODULE) library

The Input/Output Module Library includes the Input/Output Module (IOM) function
blocks listed below. Blocks are identified by the given Honeywell model number. The
models with a TC prefix are not conformally coated and those with a TK prefix are
conformally coated. Detailed descriptions are presented in the following section titled
Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types.

IOM Function Blocks Number of Type Rating Isolated

Channels

TC-HAI081/TK-HAI081 8 HART / Non-HART 10 V and Yes

(8 channel HART - 10V Analog Input 4 to 20 mA
/ 4 to 20mA - Analog
Input)

TC-HAO081/TK- 8 HART / Non-HART 10 V and No

HAO081 (8 channel Analog Output 4 to 20 mA
HART - 10V / 4 to
20mA - Analog Output)

TC-IDX081/TK-IDX081 8 Diagnostic Input 120 Vac Yes

(8 Channel - 120Vac
Diagnostic Input)

TC-IDA161/TK-IDA161 16 Digital Input 120 Vac No

(16 Channel - 120Vac
Non-Isolated - Digital
Input)

TC-IDK161/TK-IDK161 16 Digital Input 120 Vac Yes

(16 Channel - 120Vac
Isolated - Digital Input)

TC-IDD321/TK-IDD321 32 Digital Input 24 Vdc No

(32 Channel - 24Vdc
Non-Isolated - Digital
Input)

TC-IDX161/TK-IDX161 16 Diagnostic Input 24 Vdc Yes

(16 Channel - 24Vdc
Diagnostic Input)

TC-IDJ161/TK-IDJ161 16 Digital Input 24 Vdc Yes

(16 Channel - 24Vdc
Isolated - Digital Input)

TC-IAH061/TK-IAH061 6 Analog Input 10 V and Yes

12 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Libraries

(6 Channel - 10V / 4 to 4 to 20 mA
20mA Isolated -
Analog Input)

TC-IAH161/TK-IAH161 16 Analog Input 10 V and No

(16 Channel - 10V / 4 4 to 20 mA
to 20mA Non-Isolated -
Analog Input)

TC-IDW161/TK- 16 Digital Input 220 Vac Yes

IDW161 (16 Channel -
220Vac Isolated -
Digital Input)

TC-IXR061/TK-IXR061 6 Resistance Resistance Yes

(6 Channel - RTD Temperature
Input) Detector (RTD) Input

TC-IXL061/TK-IXL061 6 Thermocouple Input Low level No

(6 Channel - mV
Thermocouple Input)

TC-ODX081/TK- 8 Diagnostic Output 120 Vac Yes

ODX081 (8 Channel -
120Vac- Diagnostic
Output)

TC-ODA161/TK- 16 Digital Output 120/220 Vac No

ODA161 (16 Channel -
120/220Vac Non-
Isolated - Digital
Output)

TC-ODK161/TK- 16 Digital Output 120/220 Vac Yes

ODK161 (16 Channel -
120/220Vac Isolated -
Digital Output)

TC-ODX161/TK- 16 Diagnostic Output 24 Vdc Yes

ODX161 (16 Channel -
24Vdc- Diagnostic
Output)

TC-ODD321/TK- 32 Digital Output 24 Vdc No

ODD321 (32 Channel -
24Vdc Non-Isolated
Digital Output)

TC-ODJ161/TK- 16 Digital Output 24 Vdc Yes

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 13

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ODJ161 (16 Channel -

24Vdc Isolated Digital
Output)

TC-ORC081/TK- 8 Relay Output 24 Vdc and Yes

ORC081 (8 Channel – 120/220 Vac
8 n.c., 8 n.o. 5-150Vdc,
10-265Vac Isolated -
Relay Output)

TC-ORC161/TK- 16 Contact Output 24 Vdc and Yes

ORC161 (16 Channel, 120/220 Vac
5-150Vdc, 10-265Vac
Isolated - Contact
Output)

TC-OAH061/TK- 6 Analog Output 4 to 20 mA Yes

OAH061 (6 Channel -
4 to 20mA - Analog
Output)

TC-OAV061/TK- 6 Analog Output 10 V Yes

OAV061 (6 Channel -
10V - Analog Output)

TC-OAV081/TK- 8 Analog Output 10 V and No

OAV081 (8 Channel - 4 to 20 mA
10V / 4 to 20mA Non-
Isolated - Analog
Output)

TC-MUX021/TK- Up to 32 Bi-directional data Modbus FTA

MUX021 (Up to 32 FTA Array exchange with or A-B FTA
Array Channel Points devices using ASCII
Function Blocks) serial protocol
communications

14 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Libraries

Logic (LOGIC) Library

The Logic Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• AND block • MINPULSE block • ROL (Rotate Output

Left) block

• CHECKBAD block • MUX (Multiplexer) • ROR (Rotate Output

block Right) block

• CHECKBOOL block • MUXREAL (Real • RS (Reset dominant

Multiplexer) block SR-FLIP-FLOP)
block

• DELAY block • MVOTE (Majority • RTRIG (Rising edge

Voting) block Trigger) block

• EQ (Equal) block • NAND block • SEL (Binary

Selection) block

• FTRIG (Falling-edge • NE (Not Equal) • SELREAL (Real

Trigger) block block Selection) block

• GE (Greater than or • nOON (n out of N • SHL (Shift Output

Equal to) block voting) block Left) block

• GT (Greater Than) • NOR block • SHR (Shift Output

block Right) block

• LE (Less than or • NOT block • SR (Set dominant

Equal to) block SR-FLIP-FLOP)
block

• LIMIT block • OFFDELAY block • STARTSIGNAL

block

• LT (Less Than) • ONDELAY block • TRIG (Rising or

block Falling edge Trigger)
block

• MAX block • OR block • WATCHDOG block

• MAXPULSE block • PULSE block • XOR block

• MIN block • QOR (Qualified OR) • 2OO3 (2 out of 3

block voting) block

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 15

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO)

The Process Manager Input/Output Module (PMIO) Library includes the Input/Output
Processor (IOP) function blocks listed below. Blocks are identified by block name and
by Honeywell model number. The models with a MU prefix are not conformally coated
and those with a MC prefix are conformally coated. Detailed descriptions are presented
in the following section titled Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types.

IOP and Related Number of Type Rating CE

Channel Function Channels Compliant
Blocks

AICHANNEL (PMIO) n/a Represents an AI n/a n/a

block point.

HAICHANNEL (PMIO) n/a Represents a n/a n/a

block HART AI or non-
HART AI point.

AOCHANNEL (PMIO) n/a Represents an AO n/a n/a

block point.

HAOCHANNEL n/a Represents a n/a n/a

(PMIO) block HART AO or non-
HART AO point.

DICHANNEL (PMIO) n/a Represents a DI n/a n/a

block point.

DOCHANNEL (PMIO) n/a Represents a DO n/a n/a

block point.

HLAI block, MU- 16 High Level Analog 0 to 5 V Yes

PAIH01, MU/MC- Input 1 to 5 V
PAIH02, or MU/MC- 0.4 to 2 V
PAIH03 4 to 20 mA

HLAIHART block, 16 HART Analog Input 0 to 5 V Yes

MC-PHAI01 1 to 5 V
0.4 to 2 V
4 to 20 mA

LLAI, MU-PAIL01, 8 Low Level Analog T/C, RTD, or Yes

MU/MC-PAIL02 Input Voltage

LLMUX block, 32 Low Level Analog T/C, RTD, or Yes

MU/MC-PLAM02 Multiplexer linear mV

RHMUX, 32 Remote Hardened T/C, Linear Yes

16 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Libraries

IOP and Related Number of Type Rating CE

Channel Function Channels Compliant
Blocks
MU/MCPRHM01 Multiplexer mV

STI_MV block, 16 Smart Transmitter Honeywell Yes

MU/MC-PSTX03 Interface DE protocol
Multivariable

AO16 block, 16 Analog Output 4 to 20 mA Yes

MU/MC-PAOY22

AO16HART block 16 HART Analog 4 to 20 mA Yes

MC-PHAO01 Output

AO8, MU-PAOX01, 8 Analog Output 4 to 20 mA Yes

MU-PAOX02, or
MU/MC-PAOX03

DI24V block, MU- 32 Digital Input 24 Vdc Yes

PDIX01, MU/MC-
PDIX02, or MU/MC-
PDIY22

DISOE block, 32 Digital Input 24 Vdc, 120 Yes

MU/MC-PDIS12 Sequence of Vac, or 240
Events Vac

DI block, MU-PDIX01, 32 Digital Input 120 Vac or Yes

or MU/MCPDIX02 240 Vac

DO32 block 32 Digital Output 24 Vdc Yes

MU/MC-PDOY22 isolated, or
240 Vac/125
Vdc relay

DO16, MU-PDOX01 or 16 Digital Output 24 Vdc, 3-30 Yes

MU/MC-PDOX02 Vdc, 31-200
Vdc,
120/240
Vac, 120
Vac/125 Vdc
relay, or 240
Vac/125 Vdc
relay

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 17

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Regulatory Control (REGCTL) library

The Regulatory Control Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed
descriptions are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• AUTOMAN (Auto • ENHREGCALC • FANOUT block

Manual) block (Enhanced
Regulatory Control
Calculator) block

• OVRDSEL(Override • PID block • PIDER block

Selector) block

• PID-PL block • PIDFF (PID • POSPROP (Position

Feedforward) block Proportional) block

• PULSECOUNT • PULSELENGTH • RAMPSOAK block

block block

• RATIOBIAS block • RATIOCTL block • REGCALC

(Regulatory Control
Calculator) block

• REMCAS block • SWITCH block

Sequential Control Module (SCM) library

The Sequential Control Module Library includes the function blocks listed below.
Detailed descriptions are given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in
the following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• HANDLER Block • STEP Block • TRANSITION Block

System (SYSTEM) Library

The System Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• CONTROL MODULE block • SEQUENTIAL CONTROL

(Continuous Control) MODULE block (Sequential Control)

18 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Control Builder Components
Component Libraries

Universal Control Network Interface (UCNIF) Library

The Universal Control Network Interface Library includes the UCNOUT block. A
detailed description is given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in
the following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

Hiway Interface (HIWAYIF) Library

The Hiway Interface Library includes the function block listed below. A detailed
description is given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the
following section titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• HIWAYOUT block

Utility (UTILITY) Library

The Utility Library includes the function blocks listed below. Detailed descriptions are
given in the subsequent functional entity block type headings in the following section
titled Reference Data for Functional Block Types.

• FLAG block • FLAGARRAY block • MESSAGE block

• NUMERIC block • NUMERICARRAY • PUSH block

block

• TEXTARRAY block • TIMER block • TYPECONVERT

block

Rail I/O Modules –Series H (RAIL_IO_HAZ) Library

The Series H I/O Library includes the IOM blocks associated with the RIOM-H
components designed for use in locations with potentially explosive atmospheres. Please
refer to the Series H Rail I/O Implementation Guide Knowledge Builder for complete
details about the Series H I/O Modules.

HART I/O Modules (HARTIO) Library

The HART I/O Library includes the interface blocks for linking HART compatible
devices with the Experion PKS system through Chassis I/O. Please refer to the HART I/O
Implementation Guide in Knowledge Builder for complete details about the Chassis
HART I/O components.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 19

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

DeviceNet Interface (DNETIF) Library

The DeviceNet Interface Library includes the interface blocks associated with linking
DeviceNet devices with the Experion PKS system through the interface modules. Please
refer to the DeviceNet Interface Implementation Guide in Knowledge Builder for
complete details about the DeviceNet Interface components.

PROFIBUS Interface (PBUSIF) Library

The PROFIBUS Interface Library includes the interface blocks associated with linking
PROFIBUS devices with the Experion PKS system through the interface modules. Please
refer to the PROFIBUS Interface Implementation Guide in Knowledge Builder for
complete details about the PROFIBUS Interface components.

Rail I/O Modules – Series A (RAIL_IO) Library

The Series A I/O Module library includes the IOM blocks associated with the RIOM-A
components designed for use in general purpose locations. Please refer to the Series A
Rail I/O Implementation Guide in Knowledge Builder for complete details about the
Series A I/O Modules.

20 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block
Types

Overview
This section provides detailed reference data for each physical equipment block type that
is part of the hardware relation category for the Control Builder. The reference data is
organized by the major block type and then alphabetically within the IOM function block
by the given module’s model number and input or output type. .
The reference data for each block covers these topics as applicable:
• description
• function
• inputs and input ranges
• outputs and output ranges
• parameters

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 21

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Application Control Environment Block

ACE Block

Description The ACE supervisory controller mirrors the basic operations of a

Control Processor Module (CPM), it provides the additional
capability of communicating with OPC Servers through a Fault
Tolerant Ethernet (FTE) or redundant or nonredundant Ethernet
network. The ACE program runs on a personal computer using a
Windows 2000 Server operating system. Users can optionally
connect an ACE supervisory controller directly to a supervisory Fault
Tolerant Ethernet (FTE) or ControlNet network to support peer-to-
peer communications with a C200 Process Controller. It executes
once every 2 seconds.

Function Serves as an OPC client for communications with OPC servers.

Supports peer-to-peer with other ACE supervisory controllers

connected to the same Server over Fault Tolerant Ethernet or
Ethernet network through associated services.

The ACE supervisory controller that has a direct connection to the

supervisory ControlNet can peer-to-peer with C200 Controllers that
belong to the same Server.

Inputs Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)

Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Outputs See above.

Parameters ACEMACADDR NUMACEINCON

ALMENBSTATE NUMACEOUTCON
AUXDESC[0..10] NUMCPMINCON
BLCKCOMMENT1 NUMCPMOUTCON
BLCKCOMMENT2 NUMEXTBLKS
BLCKCOMMENT3 NUMFIMINCON
BLCKCOMMENT4 NUMFIMOUTCON
CCLCNT NUMFREEBLKS
CCLINFO NUMFREEDESC
CCLLOADSTAT NUMIOLMINCON
CCLNAME NUMIOLMOUTCN
CCLPACKET NUMREGDESC
CEECOMMAND NUMSCEINCON
CEESTATE NUMSCEOUTCON
CNETCONNECT NUMSIGS
CPMCOMMAND[0..numChans- NUMSIOLMINCN

22 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Application Control Environment Block

1] NUMSIOLMOUCN
CPMSTATE NUMUSEDBLKS
CPUFREEAVG NUMUSEDDESC
CPUFREEMIN PRIMARYSIG
CTLCONFIRM REASONSET
CURTIME SCANASSOCDSP
DAY SCANCTRLLVL
DAYLIGHTTIME SCANGRPDTL
DESC SCANPNTDTL
ENBMEMALMFL SECOND
FREEMEM SECONDARYSIG
FREEMEMINK SECSIGSECLVL
GROUP.NUMPARAMS SIMCOMMAND
HIST.NUMPARAMS SIMSTATE
HOSTIPPRI STATSRESET
HOSTNAMEPRI TIMEZONE
HOUR TOTALMEM
IMAGEVER TOTALMEMINK
INALM TREND.NUMPARAMS
MAXFREEBLKSZ USEDMEM
MAXFREEINK USEDMEMINK
MINUTE WEEKDAY
MONTH WEEKDAYFMT
NAME YEAR
NTOTMEMDESC YEARFMT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 23

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Control Processor Module Block

CPM block

Description Identifies the primary and secondary Control Processor Modules

(CPM) and associated CEE to implement the control strategy built in
the Control Builder application. This block’s parameters characterize
the redundant CPM as a whole.

This block always runs at an execution period of 2 seconds. It is

redundancy compliant.

Function Supports C200 Controller Redundant Chassis Pair hardware

configurations.

Publishes parameters describing the status and configuration of the

CPM.

Processes the computation of statistical parameters and notification

reporting.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope corresponds to

that of the entire CPM.

Secondary waits to take control if the “Primary” fails.

The address of the Secondary chassis equals the address of the

Primary chassis plus one.

Inputs Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Outputs See above.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMFREEBLKS

BATTERYNOTOK NUMFREEDESC
BLCKCOMMENT1 NUMREGDESC
BLCKCOMMENT2 NUMUSEDBLKS
BLCKCOMMENT3 NUMUSEDDESC
BLCKCOMMENT4 PCMCOMMAND
CCLCNT PCMSTATE
CCLINFO RAMSCRUBERRS
CCLLOADSTAT RAMSWEEPERR
CCLNAME RDNCAPABILITY
CEECOMMAND RDNCHASSISID
CEESTATE RDNCMPT
CPMCOMMAND[0..numChans-1] RDNDELAYAVG
CPMSTATE RDNDELAYMAX
CPUFREEAVG RDNLOS

24 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Control Processor Module Block

CPUFREEMIN RDNSYNCSTATE
CURTIME RDNXFERAVG
DAY RDNXFERMAX
DAYLIGHTTIME SCANASSOCDSP
DESC SCANCTRLLVL
DIRECTSYNC SCANGRPDTL
DRIVERNAME SCANPNTDTL
ENBMEMALMFL SECMODNAME
EUDESC SECNAMESTRING
FREEMEM SECOND
FREEMEMINK SECTMPNAME
GROUP.NUMPARAMS SLOTNUMBER
HIST.NUMPARAMS STATSRESET
HOUR TASKSTACKHILM
IMAGEVER TASKSTACKSIZE
INALM TASKSTACKUSED
INDRCTSYNC TIMEZONE
INDSYNCCMD TOTALMEM
LASTOPMNAME TOTALMEMINK
MAXFREEBLKSZ TREND.NUMPARAMS
MAXFREEINK ULCNBMAC
MINUTE USEDMEM
MODISREDUN USEDMEMINK
MONTH USESIM
MULREDUNSTAT WEEKDAY
NAME WEEKDAYFMT
NETWORKTYPE YEAR
NTOTMEMDESC YEARFMT
NUMEXTBLKS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 25

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Control Execution Environment Block

CEE block

Description Provides control functionality for associated Control Processor

Module block. This block’s parameters characterize the CEE within
the CPM. In the future, multiple CEEs may be assigned to a single
CPM.

This block always runs at an execution period of 2 seconds.

There are two versions of the CEE available, the standard version
CEE-50ms, and the fast version CEE-5ms.

Function Publishes parameters describing the status and configuration of the

CEE.

Processes the computation of statistical parameters and notification

reporting.

Runs on the CPM hardware platform. In the future, CEE will run on
other platforms as well.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope corresponds

to that of the CEE rather than the CPM as a whole.

Supports configurable subscription rate for peer-to-peer

communications.

Supports peer-to-peer communications among CEEs assigned to

CPMs located in the same management domain.

Supports configurable subscription rate and store response time for

specific peer environment.

Sequential Control Module function blocks are supported. Special

care should be taken in configuring the SCMs in 5 msec CEE.

Inputs Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Outputs See above.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE IPEERNAME[1..IPEERCONNMA

BASEPERIOD X]
BLCKCOMMENT1 IPEERPATH[1..IPEERCONNMA
BLCKCOMMENT2 X]
BLCKCOMMENT3 IPEERPATH[1..IPEERCONNMA
BLCKCOMMENT4 X]
BLKTYPCOUNT IPEERCONNERRCODE[1…N]
26 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Control Execution Environment Block

BLKTYPDESC IPEERCONNERRINFO[1…N]
BLKTYPHELPTXT IPEERCONNSTS[1…N]
BLKTYPLIB LSCYCLEOVRN[0..40]
BLKTYPSIZE MAXBLKTYPES
CDISPAVGPPS[1..RDISPCONNM NAME
AX] NUMACCRQUAVG
CDISPAVGPPSCONN[1..RDISPC NUMACCRQUMAX
ONNMAX] NUMACEINCON
CDISPAVGSPSCONN[1..RDISPC NUMACEOUTCON
ONNMAX] NUMBLKTYPES
CDISPMAXPPS[1..RDISPCONN NUMCCLRQU
MAX] NUMCPMINCON
CDISPMAXPPSCONN[1..RDISPC NUMCPMOUTCON
ONNMAX] NUMEXCRQUAVG
CDISPMAXSPSCONN[1..RDISPC NUMEXCRQUMAX
ONNMAX] NUMEXCRSPAVG
CEECOMMAND NUMEXCRSPMAX
CEESTATE NUMFIMINCON
CPEERAVGPPS[1..RPEERCONN NUMFIMOUTCON
MAX] NUMIOLMINCON
CPEERAVGPPSCONN[1..RPEER NUMIOLMOUTCN
CONNMAX] NUMNTFRQUAVG
CPEERAVGSPSCONN[1..RPEER NUMNTFRQUMAX
CONNMAX] NUMPARRSPAVG
CPEERMAXPPS[1..RPEERCONN NUMPARRSPMAX
MAX] NUMPEERENV
CPEERMAXPPSCONN[1..RPEER NUMSCEINCON
CONNMAX] NUMSCEOUTCON
CPEERMAXSPSCONN[1..RPEER NUMSIOLMINCN
CONNMAX] NUMSIOLMOUCN
CPUCYCLEAVG[0..39] PEERENV
CPUCYCLEMAX[0..39] PEERGETAVG[1..30]
CPUFREEAVG PEERSTRAVG[1..30]
CPUFREEMIN PEERSTRRESP
CRCYCLEOVRN[0..40] PEERSUBSCPER
DESC RDISPDEGIMRCONN[1..RDISP
EUDESC CONNMAX]
EXTGETRQUAVG RPEERNAME[1..RPEERCONN
EXTGETRQUMAX MAX]
EXTSTRRQUAVG SCANASSOCDSP
EXTSTRRQUMAX SCANCTRLLVL
GROUP.NUMPARAMS SCANGRPDTL
HIST.NUMPARAMS SCANPNTDTL
INALM STATSRESET
STRRESP
SUBSCPERIOD
TREND.NUMPARAMS

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 27

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Control Execution Environment Application Control

Environment Block
CEEACE Block

Description Provides control functionality for associated Application Control

Environment block. This block’s parameters characterize the CEE
within the ACE supervisory controller.

This block always runs at an execution period of 2 seconds.

Function Publishes parameters describing the status and configuration of the

CEE.

Processes the computation of statistical parameters and notification

reporting.

Runs on the Windows 2000 operating system.

Supports configurable subscription rate for peer-to-peer

communications.

Supports configurable subscription rate and store response time for

specific peer environment.

Supports peer-to-peer communications among CEEs assigned to

CPMs located in the same management domain.

Inputs Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)

Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Outputs See above.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE IPEERCONNSTS[1…N]

BASEPERIOD IPEERNAME[1..IPEERCONNMA
BASPERIODAVG X]
BASPERIODMAX IPEERPATH[1..IPEERCONNMA
BASPERIODMIN X]
BLCKCOMMENT1 LSCYCLEOVRN[0..40]
BLCKCOMMENT2 MAXBLKTYPES
BLCKCOMMENT3 NAME
BLCKCOMMENT4 NUMACCRQUAVG
BLKTYPCOUNT NUMACCRQUMAX

28 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Control Execution Environment Application Control Environment Block

BLKTYPDESC NUMACEINCON
BLKTYPHELPTXT NUMACEOUTCON
BLKTYPLIB NUMBLKTYPES
BLKTYPSIZE NUMCCLRQU
CDISPAVGPPS[1..RDISPCON NUMCPMINCON
NMAX] NUMCPMOUTCON
CDISPAVGPPSCONN[1..RDIS NUMEXCRQUAVG
PCONNMAX] NUMEXCRQUMAX
CDISPAVGSPSCONN[1..RDIS NUMEXCRSPAVG
PCONNMAX] NUMEXCRSPMAX
CDISPMAXPPS[1..RDISPCON NUMFIMINCON
NMAX] NUMFIMOUTCON
CDISPMAXPPSCONN[1..RDIS NUMIOLMINCON
PCONNMAX] NUMIOLMOUTCN
CDISPMAXSPSCONN[1..RDIS NUMNTFRQUAVG
PCONNMAX] NUMNTFRQUMAX
CEECOMMAND NUMPARRSPAVG
CEESTATE NUMPARRSPMAX
CPEERAVGPPS[1..RPEERCO NUMPEERENV
NNMAX] NUMSCEINCON
CPEERAVGPPSCONN[1..RPE NUMSCEOUTCON
ERCONNMAX] NUMSIOLMINCN
CPEERAVGSPSCONN[1..RPE NUMSIOLMOUCN
ERCONNMAX] PEERENV
CPEERMAXPPS[1..RPEERCO PEERGETAVG[1..30]
NNMAX] PEERSTRAVG[1..30]
CPEERMAXPPSCONN[1..RP PEERSTRRESP
EERCONNMAX] PEERSUBSCPER
CPEERMAXSPSCONN[1..RP RDISPDEGIMRCONN[1..RDISP
EERCONNMAX] CONNMAX]
CPUCYCLEAVG[0..39] RPEERNAME[1..RPEERCONNM
CPUCYCLEMAX[0..39] AX]
CRCYCLEOVRN[0..40] SCANASSOCDSP
DESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXTGETRQUAVG SCANGRPDTL
EXTGETRQUMAX SCANPNTDTL
EXTSTRRQUAVG STATSRESET
EXTSTRRQUMAX STRRESP
FREEMEM SUBSCPERIOD
FREEMEMINK TOTALMEM
GROUP.NUMPARAMS TOTALMEMINK
HIST.NUMPARAMS USEDMEM
INALM USEDMEMINK
IPEERCONNERRCODE[1…N] TREND.NUMPARAMS
IPEERCONNERRINFO[1…N]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 29

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

definitions of each parameter.

Input/Output Link Interface Module Block

IOLIM block

Description Identifies the primary and secondary I/O Link Interface

Modules (IOLIM) and associated I/O Link that serve as the
communication bridge between the control system and the
Process Manager (PM) Input/Output Processors (IOPs).

Function Supports C200 Controller Redundant Chassis Pair

hardware configurations.

Supports both the publish/subscribe and the client/server

communication methods to access process data and
maintenance information from the IOP devices

Publishes parameters describing the status and

configuration of the IOPs.

Reports run-time diagnostics and statistical information for

the IOLIMs.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope

corresponds to that of the entire PM I/O.

Secondary waits to take control if the “Primary” fails.

Inputs Communications bridge between Integrated Control

Processor (ICP)/ControlNet and I/O Link

Outputs See above.

Parameters BUFXMAX[0..5] NVSUSED

BUFXTOTAL[0..5] PEERRATEAVG
BUFXUSED[0..5] PEERRATEMAX
COMPNVSCMD PURGEDBCMD
CPUFREEAVG RDNCAPABILITY
CPUFREEMIN RDNCHASSISID
CURTIME RDNCMPT
DISPRATEAVG RDNDELAYAVG
DISPRATEMAX RDNDELAYMAX
DRIVERNAME RDNLOS
ENCMDS RDNSYNCSTATE
IOLIMSTATE RDNXFERAVG
MAXIMR RDNXFERMAX
MODISREDUN SCANASSOCDSP
30 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input/Output Link Block

NAME SCANCTRLLVL
NETWORKTYPE SCANGRPDTL
NOTRATEAVG SCANPNTDTL
NOTRATEMAX SHUTDOWNCMD
NUMCCLRQU SLOTNUMBER
NUMCPMINCON STATRESET
NUMCPMOUTCON ULCNBMAC
NUMIMR

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual

for definitions of each parameter.

Input/Output Link Block

IOLINK block

Description Provides interface functionality for associated I/O Link

Interface Module (IOLIM) block.

Function Provides supervisory scanning, diagnostic, and

performance throughput information for monitoring I/O Link
network status.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ACTPRIM[1..40] PHYSIOPSTS[1..8]

CFIFORATEA PHYSMODTYPE[1..8]
CFIFORATEM PRICHNERRA[1..40]
COMMAND PRICHNERRB[1..40]
CRCYCLEOVRN[0..40] PRICHNSILA[1..40]
DBVALID PRICHNSILB[1..40]
DESC PRICOMMERR[1..40]
DUPIOLADDR PRIIFCARD
FMWREV[1..8] PRIIFCHNERRA
HDWREV[1..8] PRIIFCHNERRB
IOLCHNFAILA PRIIFCHNSILA
IOLCHNFAILB PRIIFCHNSILB
IOLCHNSTSA PRIIFCOMMERR
IOLCHNSTSB PRIIFFILE
IOLDAUGHSF PRIIFRCVCHN
IOLFREE PRIIFSTS
IOLMAXERR PRIRCVCHN[1..40]
IOMCMD[1..40] SCANASSOCDSP
IOMSTS[1..40] SCANCTRLLVL
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 31
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

IOMTYPE[1..40] SCANGRPDTL
IOPORCUR[1..40] SCANPNTDTL
IOPORPREV[1..40] SCANRATE[1..40]
IOSSTALLTIME SECCHNERRA[1..40]
IOSTKNDROP SECCHNERRB[1..40]
LASTIOLCMD SECCOMMERR[1..40]
LINKNUM SECIFCHNERRA
LSCYCLEOVRN[0..40] SECIFCHNERRB
NAME SECIFCHNSILA
NOTACTSUPV SECIFCHNSILB
NUMCACHE[1..40] SECIFCOMMERR
OVERRUNSCUR SECIFRCVCHN
OVERRUNSPREV SECRCVCHN[1..40]
PARTMISMATCH STATE
PARTNOTVIS STATRESET
PDFIFORATEA SYNCHSTS[1..40]
PDFIFORATEM TOTCHNERRA
PERSWAPENB TOTCHNERRB
PERSWAPTHRES TOTCHNSILA
PHYCHNERRA[1..8] TOTCHNSILB
PHYCHNERRB[1..8] WITHBIAS[1..40]
PHYCHNSILA[1..8] WITHBIASENM[1..40]
PHYCHNSILB[1..8] WRFIFORATEA
PHYLHFSTA[1..8] WRFIFORATEM
PHYRCVCHN[1..8]
PHYSDSA[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual

for definitions of each parameter.

OLE for Process Control Server Block

OPC block

Description Provides the representation of an OPC server to the control

system. It does not have an associated Control Execution
Environment block or any blocks assigned to it.

Function Serves as an independent block to provide a communications

path to an OPC server.

Does not have a corresponding run-time object in the system and

no run-time status is obtained directly from the OPC server.

Inputs OPC compatible data exchange

32 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Redundancy Module Block

Outputs See above.

Parameters BLCKCOMMENT1 HOSTIPPRI

BLCKCOMMENT2 HOSTNAMEPRI
BLCKCOMMENT3 NAME
BLCKCOMMENT4 PROGID[0..40]
DESC SCANASSOCDSP
EXTREF SCANCTRLLVL
EXTREFSTRUCT SCANGRPDTL
GROUP.NUMPARAMS SCANPNTDTL
HIST.NUMPARAMS TREND.NUMPARAMS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Redundancy Module Block

RM block

Description Identifies the Primary and Secondary Redundancy Modules

connected by a dedicated redundancy cable in a Redundant Chassis
Pair (RCP). It associates the Primary RM with its “partner” Secondary
RM block.

This block always runs at an execution period of 2 seconds. It is

redundancy compliant.

Function Provides parameters describing the status and configuration of the

RM.

Handles notification reporting.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope corresponds

to that of the RM as a whole.

Inputs Integrated Control Protocol (ICP) communications

Redundancy communications through the redundancy cable.

Outputs See above.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MULREDUNSTAT

AREVISION NETWORKTYPE
AUTOSYNCCMD NUMSLOTS
AUTOSYNCOPT PREVISION
AUTOSYNCSTAT PRODCODE

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 33

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

AVERSION PRODTYPE
BECMPRICMD PRODTYPEA
BREVISION PROGCMD
BVERSION PROGCMDRECOG
CHANINUSE[0..31] QUALPROGA
CJDISABLE READINESS
CLKADJUST READINESSA
CLKTIME RECOVMSGIDX
CLKZONE REDUNSTATE
CONFIGURED REDUNSTATEA
DISPPOS REFRESHMS
DISQSECCMD SCANASSOCDSP
DRIVERNAME SCANCTRLLVL
ENTERSBYCMD SCANEUHI
ERRFL SCANEULO
ERRORCODE SCANGRPDTL
ERRORMSGIDX SCANPNTDTL
EUDESC SECMODNAME
GENSTATE SECNAMESTRING
GENSTATEA SECTMPNAME
HIALM SERIALNUM
INTISWCMD SLOTNUMBER
IPADDRESS STDTIME
KEYWORD SWAPCTRLCMD
LASTSYNCABRT SWAPPOSCMD
LASTSYNCARES SWAPSBYCMD
MAJRECFAULT SYNCSECCMD
MAJURECFAULT ULCNBMAC
MINRECFAULT VENDORID
MINURECFAULT WCTCLKTIME
MODCOMPATA
MODTYPEA

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Fault Tolerant Ethernet Bridge Module Block

FTEB block

Description Provides representation of the Fault Tolerant Ethernet

(FTE) Bridge module to support supervisory level
communications over Honeywell's Fault Tolerant Ethernet
(FTE) network.

Function Provides parameters describing the status and

34 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Fault Tolerant Ethernet Bridge Module Block

configuration of the FTE Bridge module.

Serves as a faceplate for any parameters whose scope

corresponds to that of the Fault Tolernat Ethernet Bridge
module as a whole.

Supports non-redundant and redundant C200 Controller

and Fieldbus Interface Module chassis configurations.

Secondary waits to take control if the “Primary” fails.

The device index of the Secondary FTE Bridge equals the

address of the Primary FTE Bridge plus one.

Inputs TCP/IP communications and Integrated Control Protocol

(ICP) communications

Outputs See Above

Parameters BADIPCSUM NAME

BADUDPCSUM NONFTEMARTADDRCOU
BLCKCOMMENT1 NT
BLCKCOMMENT2 NONFTEMARTAVGDEPT
BLCKCOMMENT3 H
BLCKCOMMENT4 NONFTEMARTCOLLCOU
CONNCLOSEFAIL NT
CONNOPENFAIL NONFTEMARTMAXDEPT
CONNSENDERR H
CPUFREEAVG NUMFTENODES
CPUFREEMIN ORIAPPCONNID[1..48]
CREATEDBY ORICONNSTATE[1..48]
CURRENTREL ORIMUXED[1..48]
DATECREATED ORIPATH[1..48]
DEVICEIDX ORITCLASS[1..48]
FTEMARTADDRCOUNT RDNCHASSISID
FTEMARTAVGDEPTH RDNCMPT
FTEMARTCOLLCOUNT RDNLOS
FTEMARTMAXDEPTH RDNSYNCSTATE
GROUP.NUMPARAMS RECVCLOSEREQ
HIST.NUMPARAMS RECVCLOSERSP
ICMPINDESTUNREACHS RECVNAKS
ICMPINECHOREPS RECVOPENREQ
ICMPINECHOS RECVOPENRSP
ICMPINERRORS SCANASSOCDSP
ICMPINMSGS SCANCTRLLVL
ICMPOUTDESTUNREACH SCANGRPDTL
S SCANPNTDTL
ICMPOUTECHOREPS SECNAMESTRG
ICMPOUTECHOS SENDCLOSEREQ
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 35
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ICMPOUTERRORS SENDCLOSERSP
ICMPOUTMSGS SENDOPENREQ
ICPSTATRESET SENDOPENRSP
IMAGEVER SLOTNUMBER
INTERLANFAILED STATRESET
IPADDRESS TCPACTIVEOPEN
IPFRAGCREATES TCPATTEMPTFAILS
IPFRAGFAILS TCPCONNTABLE
IPFRAGOKS TCPCURRESTAB
IPINADDRERRORS TCPESTABRESETS
IPINDELIVERS TCPINERRS
IPINDISCARDS TCPINSEGS
IPINHDRERRORS TCPOUTRESETS
IPINRECEIVES TCPOUTSEGS
IPINUNKNOWNPORTS TCPPASSIVEOPENS
IPOUTDISCARDS TCPRETRANSSEGS
IPOUTNOROUTES TGTAPPCONNID[1..24
IPOUTREQUESTS TGTCONNSTATE[1..24
IPREASSEMOKS TGTTCLASS[1..24]
IPREASSEMREQS TREND.NUMPARAMS
IPREASSMFAILS UDPINDGRAMS
IPROUTINGDISCARDS UDPINERRORS
LANAFAILED UDPLISTENERS
LANBFAILED UDPNOPORTS
MAXFTENODES UDPOUTDGRAMS
MAXNODEID UNCONNSENDERR
MODIFIEDBY VERSIONDATE
MODISREDUN XOVERFAILED
NAME

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual

for definitions of each parameter.

Input Type I/O Module Blocks

ATTENTION

Model numbers beginning with the prefix "TK" are for a coated version of the
I/O module.

TC-HAI081/TK-HAI081 (8 channel HART - 10V / 4 to 20mA - Analog Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

36 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input Type I/O Module Blocks

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters BADCAL[0..numChans-1] HIGHSIGNAL[0..numChans-1]

CALBIAS[0..numChans-1] INPUTRANGE[0..numChans-1]
COMMFAULT IOMLOCATION
COMMTHRESHOLD LOWENG[0..numChans-1]
DIGFILTER[0..numChans-1] LOWSIGNAL[0..numChans-1]
HANDLETIMEOUT NOTCHFILTER[0..numChans-1]
HART[0..numChans-1] PV[0..numChans-1]
HIGHENG[0..numChans-1

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IAH061/TK-IAH061 (6 Channel - 10V / 4 to 20mA Isolated - Analog Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 6 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MINORREV

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 37

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ASACONNSTS NOTCHFILTER[0..numChans-1]
ASAERRCODE NUMCHANS
ASAERRINFO NUMCONN
BADCAL[0..numChans-1] NUMDISCONN
CALBIAS[0..numChans-1] NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER OHMOFFSET[0..numChans-1]
CEESTATE ORDERINCEE
CHANTEXT ORDERINCM
CJDISABLE OVERRANGE[0..numChans-1]
CJOFFSET PERIOD
CJOFFSET[0..numChans-1] PHASE
DESC PRODTYPE
DIGFILTER[0..numChans-1] PVRAW[0..numChans-1]
DLCNBSLOT RTPPRESENT
ESTWEIGHT SAMPLERATE
EUDESC SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
HIALM SCANEUHI
HIGHENG[0..numChans-1] SCANEULO
HIGHSIGNAL[0..numChans-1] SCANGRPDTL
IFTRANS SCANPNTDTL
INALM SENSORTYPE[0..numChans-1]
INPUTRANGE[0..numChans-1] SIPTYPE[0..numChans-1]
IOMSLOT TEMPMODE
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UNDERRANGE[0..numChans-1]
LOWENG[0..numChans-1] UPDATOPT
LOWSIGNAL[0..numChans-1] VENDOR
MAJORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IAH161/TK-IAH161 (16 Channel - 10V / 4 to 20mA Non-Isolated - Analog Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

38 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input Type I/O Module Blocks

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCONN

ASACONNSTS NUMDISCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMSHUTDOWN
ASAERRINFO ORDERINCEE
CATNUMBER ORDERINCM
CEESTATE PERIOD
CHANTEXT PHASE
DESC PRODTYPE
DLCNBSLOT SCANASSOCDSP
ESTWEIGHT SCANCTRLLVL
EUDESC SCANEUHI
EXECSTATE SCANEULO
HIALM SCANGRPDTL
INALM SCANPNTDTL
IOMSLOT ULCNBMAC
IOMTYPE UPDATOPT
KEYWORD VENDOR
MAJORREV
MINORREV
NUMCHANS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IDA161/TK-IDA161 (16 Channel - 120Vac Non-Isolated - Digital Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 39

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAJORREV

ASACONNSTS MINORREV
ASAERRCODE NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
CATNUMBER NUMCONN
CEESTATE NUMDISCONN
CHANTEXT NUMSHUTDOWN
COS[0..numChans-1] ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ELOF[0..numChans-1] PHASE
ESTWEIGHT PRODTYPE
EUDESC PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EWIREOFF[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
FILTERHDR[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FILTEROFF[0..numChans / 8] SCANEULO
FILTERON[0..numChans / 8] SCANGRPDTL
HIALM SCANPNTDTL
HWFAULT[0..numChans-1] ULCNBMAC
INALM UPDATOPT
IOMSLOT VENDOR
IOMTYPE WIREOFF[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IDD321/TK-IDD321 (32 Channel - 24Vdc Non-Isolated - Digital Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 32 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device. Data is “triggered”,

or is current digital (Boolean) value.)

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

40 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input Type I/O Module Blocks

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAJORREV

ASACONNSTS MINORREV
ASAERRCODE NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
CATNUMBER NUMCONN
CEESTATE NUMDISCONN
CHANTEXT NUMSHUTDOWN
COS[0..numChans-1] ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ELOF[0..numChans-1] PHASE
ESTWEIGHT PRODTYPE
EUDESC PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EWIREOFF[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
FILTERHDR[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FILTEROFF[0..numChans / 8] SCANEULO
FILTERON[0..numChans / 8] SCANGRPDTL
HIALM SCANPNTDTL
HWFAULT[0..numChans-1] ULCNBMAC
INALM UPDATOPT
IOMSLOT VENDOR
IOMTYPE WIREOFF[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IDJ161/TK-IDJ161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc Isolated - Digital Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device. Data is “triggered”,

or is current digital (Boolean) value.)

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 41

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAJORREV

ASACONNSTS MINORREV
ASAERRCODE NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
CATNUMBER NUMCONN
CEESTATE NUMDISCONN
CHANTEXT NUMSHUTDOWN
COS[0..numChans-1] ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ELOF[0..numChans-1] PHASE
ESTWEIGHT PRODTYPE
EUDESC PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EWIREOFF[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
FILTERHDR[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FILTEROFF[0..numChans / 8] SCANEULO
FILTERON[0..numChans / 8] SCANGRPDTL
HIALM SCANPNTDTL
HWFAULT[0..numChans-1] ULCNBMAC
INALM UPDATOPT
IOMSLOT VENDOR
IOMTYPE WIREOFF[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IDK161/TK-IDK161 (16 Channel - 120Vac Isolated - Digital Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

42 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input Type I/O Module Blocks

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAJORREV

ASACONNSTS MINORREV
ASAERRCODE NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
CATNUMBER NUMCONN
CEESTATE NUMDISCONN
CHANTEXT NUMSHUTDOWN
COS[0..numChans-1] ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ELOF[0..numChans-1] PHASE
ESTWEIGHT PRODTYPE
EUDESC PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EWIREOFF[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
FILTERHDR[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FILTEROFF[0..numChans / 8] SCANEULO
FILTERON[0..numChans / 8] SCANGRPDTL
HIALM SCANPNTDTL
HWFAULT[0..numChans-1] ULCNBMAC
INALM UPDATOPT
IOMSLOT VENDOR
IOMTYPE WIREOFF[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 43

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

TC-IDW161/TK-IDW161 (16 Channel - 220Vac Isolated - Digital Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAJORREV

ASACONNSTS MINORREV
ASAERRCODE NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
CATNUMBER NUMCONN
CEESTATE NUMDISCONN
CHANTEXT NUMSHUTDOWN
COS[0..numChans-1] ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ELOF[0..numChans-1] PHASE
ESTWEIGHT PRODTYPE
EUDESC PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EWIREOFF[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
FILTERHDR[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FILTEROFF[0..numChans / 8] SCANEULO
FILTERON[0..numChans / 8] SCANGRPDTL
HIALM SCANPNTDTL
HWFAULT[0..numChans-1] ULCNBMAC
INALM UPDATOPT
IOMSLOT VENDOR
IOMTYPE WIREOFF[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

44 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input Type I/O Module Blocks

TC-IDX081/TK-IDX081 (8 Channel - 120Vac Diagnostic Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC and provides selected diagnostic information for associated
channels.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Supports the following diagnostics, which are user configurable for

each channel:

• Open Wire Detection: Senses when current input for a given

channel falls below a certain value. When an input uses dry
contacts, you must include a bleed resistor in the input. You may
not need a bleed resistor for solid state contacts.

• Loss of Field Power: Senses when field power of a group of

channels is lost.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 45

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IDX161/TK-IDX161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc Diagnostic Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC and provides selected diagnostic information for associated
channels.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Supports the following diagnostic, which is user configurable for each

channel:

• Open Wire Detection: Senses when current input for a given

channel falls below a certain value. When an input uses dry
contacts, you must include a bleed resistor in the input. You may
not need a bleed resistor for solid state contacts.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL

46 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Input Type I/O Module Blocks

IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IXL061/TK-IXL061 (6 Channel - Thermocouple Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 6 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 47

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-IXR061/TK-IXR061 (6 Channel - RTD Input)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 6 channels (points), as part of IOM

configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from physical device.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to configured IOC.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

48 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

Output Type I/O Module Blocks

ATTENTION

Model numbers beginning with the prefix "TK" are for a coated version of the
I/O module.

TC-HAO081/TK-HAO081 (8 channel HART - 10V / 4 to 20mA - Analog Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of IOM

configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters BADCAL[0..numChans-1] LOWENG[0..numChans-1]

CALBIAS[0..numChans-1] LOWSIGNAL[0..numChans-1]
COMMFAULT OP[0..numChans-1]
COMMTHRESHOLD PV[0..numChans-1]
FAULTVALUE[0..numChans-1] SHEDMODE[0..numChans-1]
HART[0..numChans-1] SIPTYPE[0..numChans-1]
HIGHENG[0..numChans-1] SLOT0[0..numChans-1]
HIGHSIGNAL[0..numChans-1] SLOT1[0..numChans-1]
IDLEMODE[0..numChans-1] SLOT2[0..numChans-1]
IOMLOCATION SLOT3[0..numChans-1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 49

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

TC-OAH061/TK-OAH061 (6 Channel - 4 to 20mA - Analog Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 6 channels (points), as part of IOM

configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE MAJORREV

ASACONNSTS MINORREV
ASAERRCODE NUMCHANS
ASAERRINFO NUMCONN
BADCAL[0..numChans-1] NUMDISCONN
CALBIAS[0..numChans-1] NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER OPFINAL[0..numChans-1]
CEESTATE ORDERINCEE
CHANTEXT ORDERINCM
DESC PERIOD
DLCNBSLOT PHASE
ESTWEIGHT PRODTYPE
EUDESC SAMPLERATE
EXECSTATE SCANASSOCDSP
FAULTVALUE[0..numChans-1] SCANCTRLLVL
HIALM SCANEUHI
HIGHENG[0..numChans-1] SCANEULO
HIGHSIGNAL[0..numChans-1] SCANGRPDTL
INALM SCANPNTDTL
IOMSLOT SIPTYPE[0..numChans-1]
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
LOWENG[0..numChans-1] VENDOR
LOWSIGNAL[0..numChans-1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

50 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

TC-OAV061/TK-OAV061 (6 Channel - 10V - Analog Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 6 channels (points), as part of IOM

configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE LOWSIGNAL[0..numChans-1]

ASACONNSTS MAJORREV
ASAERRCODE MINORREV
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
BADCAL[0..numChans-1] NUMCONN
CALBIAS[0..numChans-1] NUMDISCONN
CATNUMBER NUMSHUTDOWN
CEESTATE OPFINAL[0..numChans-1]
CHANTEXT ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ESTWEIGHT PHASE
EUDESC PRODTYPE
EXECSTATE SAMPLERATE
FAULTVALUE[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
HIALM SCANCTRLLVL
HIGHENG[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
HIGHSIGNAL[0..numChans-1] SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE SIPTYPE[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD ULCNBMAC
LOWENG[0..numChans-1] UPDATOPT
VENDOR

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 51

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

TC-OAV081/TK-OAV081 (8 Channel - 10V / 4 to 20mA Non-Isolated - Analog

Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of IOM

configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE LOWSIGNAL[0..numChans-1]

ASACONNSTS MAJORREV
ASAERRCODE MINORREV
ASAERRINFO NUMCHANS
BADCAL[0..numChans-1] NUMCONN
CALBIAS[0..numChans-1] NUMDISCONN
CATNUMBER NUMSHUTDOWN
CEESTATE OPFINAL[0..numChans-1]
CHANTEXT ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ESTWEIGHT PHASE
EUDESC PRODTYPE
EXECSTATE SAMPLERATE
FAULTVALUE[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
HIALM SCANCTRLLVL
HIGHENG[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
HIGHSIGNAL[0..numChans-1] SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE SIPTYPE[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD ULCNBMAC
LOWENG[0..numChans-1] UPDATOPT
VENDOR
WIREOFF[0..7]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

52 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

TC-ODA161/TK-ODA161 (16 Channel - 120/220Vac Non-Isolated - Digital Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NOLOAD[0..numChans-1]

ASACONNSTS NUMCHANS
ASAERRCODE NUMCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMDISCONN
CATNUMBER NUMSHUTDOWN
CEESTATE ORDERINCEE
CHANTEXT ORDERINCM
DESC PERIOD
DLCNBSLOT PHASE
ENOLOAD[0..numChans-1] PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT PVSTS
ETRANS PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EUDESC PWMPERIOD[0..numChans-1]
EVERIFY[0..numChans-1] SAFESTATE[0..numChans-1]
EXECSTATE SCANASSOCDSP
EZCROSS[0..numChans-1] SCANCTRLLVL
FAILSTATE[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE SHORT[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD ULCNBMAC
MAJORREV UPDATOPT
MINORREV VENDOR
NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1] VERIFYLOST[0..numChans-1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 53

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

TC-ODD321/TK-ODD321 (32 Channel - 24Vdc Non-Isolated Digital Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 32 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC. Data is “triggered”,

or is current digital (Boolean) value or pulsed (real) value.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ENOLOAD[0..numChans-1] PVSTS
ESTWEIGHT PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
ETRANS PWMPERIOD[0..numChans-1]
EUDESC SAFESTATE[0..numChans-1]
EVERIFY[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
EZCROSS[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FAILSTATE[0..numChans-1] SCANEULO
HIALM SCANGRPDTL
INALM SCANPNTDTL
IOMSLOT SHORT[0..numChans-1]
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV VERIFYLOST[0..numChans-1]
NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
NOLOAD[0..numChans-1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

54 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

definitions of each parameter.

TC-ODJ161/TK-ODJ161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc Isolated Digital Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC. Data is “triggered”,

or is current digital (Boolean) value or pulsed (real) value.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ENOLOAD[0..numChans-1] PVSTS
ESTWEIGHT PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
ETRANS PWMPERIOD[0..numChans-1]
EUDESC SAFESTATE[0..numChans-1]
EVERIFY[0..numChans-1] SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
EZCROSS[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
FAILSTATE[0..numChans-1] SCANEULO
HIALM SCANGRPDTL
INALM SCANPNTDTL
IOMSLOT SHORT[0..numChans-1]
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV VERIFYLOST[0..numChans-1]

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 55

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1]
NOLOAD[0..numChans-1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-ODK161/TK-ODK161 (16 Channel - 120/220Vac Isolated - Digital Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NOLOAD[0..numChans-1]

ASACONNSTS NUMCHANS
ASAERRCODE NUMCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMDISCONN
CATNUMBER NUMSHUTDOWN
CEESTATE ORDERINCEE
CHANTEXT ORDERINCM
DESC PERIOD
DLCNBSLOT PHASE
ENOLOAD[0..numChans-1] PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT PVSTS
ETRANS PVVAL[0..numChans-1]
EUDESC PWMPERIOD[0..numChans-1]
EVERIFY[0..numChans-1] SAFESTATE[0..numChans-1]
EXECSTATE SCANASSOCDSP
EZCROSS[0..numChans-1] SCANCTRLLVL
FAILSTATE[0..numChans-1] SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE SHORT[0..numChans-1]
KEYWORD ULCNBMAC
MAJORREV UPDATOPT
56 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

MINORREV VENDOR
NOFIELDPWR[0..numChans-1] VERIFYLOST[0..numChans-1]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-ODX081/TK-ODX081 (8 Channel - 120Vac- Diagnostic Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC and provides selected diagnostic information for associated
channels.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Supports the following diagnostics, which are user configurable for

each channel with the exception of the Short Circuit
Protection/Overload diagnostic which is always enabled:

• Short Circuit Protection/Overload: Senses when current draw for

a given channel is above the limit and protects the device from
damage.

• Loss of Field Power: Senses lack of power for a channel, if zero-

crossing on the ac-line power is not detected which causes the
output state to change.

• No Load/Hardware Point Fault: Senses when the output current

draw falls below the threshold or a hardware output failure
occurs. It only works when the output is in the OFF state.

• Output Verification: Verifies if the actual output state matches

the commanded output state for field side verification. It only
works when the output is in the ON state.

• Pulse Test: Periodically checks the output to verify that it still

has the ability to change states without causing the load to
transition. (This function only operates in systems with software
version R120 or greater.)

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 57

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC. Data is “triggered”,

or is current digital (Boolean) value or pulsed (real) value.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

TC-ODX161/TK-ODX161 (16 Channel - 24Vdc- Diagnostic Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC and provides selected diagnostic information for associated
channels.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Supports the following diagnostics, which are user configurable for

each channel with the exception of the Short Circuit
Protection/Overload diagnostic, which is always enabled.

• Short Circuit Protection/Overload: Senses when current draw for

a given channel is above the limit and protects the device from
damage.

• No Load/Hardware Point Fault: Senses when the output current

draw falls below the threshold or a hardware output failure
occurs. It only works when the output is in the OFF state.

58 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

• Output Verification: Verifies if the actual output state matches

the commanded output state for field side verification. It only
works when the output is in the ON state.

• Pulse Test: Periodically checks the output to verify that it still

has the ability to change states without causing the load to
transition. (This function only operates in systems with software
version R120 or greater.)

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 16 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC. Data is “triggered”,

or is current digital (Boolean) value or pulsed (real) value.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMCHANS

ASACONNSTS NUMCONN
ASAERRCODE NUMDISCONN
ASAERRINFO NUMSHUTDOWN
CATNUMBER ORDERINCEE
CEESTATE ORDERINCM
CHANTEXT PERIOD
DESC PHASE
DLCNBSLOT PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
HIALM SCANEULO
INALM SCANGRPDTL
IOMSLOT SCANPNTDTL
IOMTYPE ULCNBMAC
KEYWORD UPDATOPT
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 59

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

TC-ORC081/TK-ORC081 (8 Channel – 8 n.c., 8 n.o. 5-150Vdc, 10-265Vac Isolated -

Relay Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters BLOCKCOMMENT1 NAME

BLOCKCOMMENT2 SAFESTATE[0..numChans-1]
BLOCKCOMMENT3 SCANASSOCDSP
BLOCKCOMMENT4 SCANCTRLLVL
DESC SCANEUHI
DLCNBSLOT SCANEULO
EXECSTATE SCANGRPDTL
FAILSTATE[0..numChans-1] SCANPNTDTL
IOMSLOT ULCNBMAC
IOMTYPE UPDATOPT
IOCONNSTATUS VENDOR
MAJORREV
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

60 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Output Type I/O Module Blocks

TC-ORC161/TK-ORC161 (16 Channel, 5-150Vdc, 10-265Vac Isolated - Contact

Output)

Description Identifies the physical IOM for the CPM to provide links to associated
IOC.

Function Defines type of IOM, number of channels, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one of 8 channels (points), as part of

IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters BLOCKCOMMENT1 NAME

BLOCKCOMMENT2 SAFESTATE[0..numChans-1]
BLOCKCOMMENT3 SCANASSOCDSP
BLOCKCOMMENT4 SCANCTRLLVL
DESC SCANEUHI
DLCNBSLOT SCANEULO
EXECSTATE SCANGRPDTL
FAILSTATE[0..numChans-1] SCANPNTDTL
IOMSLOT ULCNBMAC
IOMTYPE UPDATOPT
IOCONNSTATUS VENDOR
MAJORREV
MINORREV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 61

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Serial Interface Module (SIM) I/O Module Block

TC-MUX021/TK-MUX021 (Up to 32 Array Channel Function Blocks)

Description Identifies the physical Serial Interface Module (SIM) for the CPM to
provide links to associated Array Channel blocks and provides
selected diagnostic events for associated channels.

Function Provides configuration and communication software to enable

devices to communicate via an ASCII serial protocol to perform bi-
directional data exchange directly with the Experion PKS Control
Processor.

Stores are not guaranteed during a failover. That is, the store attempt
may occur in the primary, but not reach the IO Module before the
failover occurs. The secondary will not attempt to re-send the
information.

Inputs Real-time data transmission from configured FTAs.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to physical device.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE KEYWORD

ASACONNSTS[0..7] MAJORREV
ASAERRCODE[0..7] MINORREV
ASAERRINFO[0..7] NUMCHANS
CATNUMBER NUMCONN[0..7]
CEESTATE NUMDISCONN[0..7]
CHANINUSE[0..31] NUMSHUTDOWN[0..7]
CHANSTS[0..31] ORDERINCEE
DESC ORDERINCM
DLCNBSLOT PERIOD
ERRCODE[0..31] PHASE
ERRFL[0..31] PRODTYPE
ESTWEIGHT SCANASSOCDSP
EUDESC SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTATE SCANEUHI
FTAAOVRNFL SCANEULO
FTAASTS SCANGRPDTL
FTABOVRNFL SCANPNTDTL
FTABSTS ULCNBMAC
INALM VENDOR
IOMSLOT
IOMTYPE

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

62 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

AICHANNEL (PMIO) block

Description The AI channel block represents a single analog input point on one of
the following I/O Processors: HLAI, HLAI-100, LLAI, LLMUX,
RHMUX, and STI.

The analog input point converts an analog signal received from a field
sensor to engineering units for use by control function blocks in the
Experion PKS system.

• Analog-to Digital Conversion

• PV Characterization

• Range Checking and PV Filtering

• PV Source Selection

• Alarm Detection

Parameters CHANNUM PVEXEULO

CJTACT PVEXHIFL
COMMAND PVEXLOFL
DAMPING PVRAW
DECONF PVRAWHI
DESC PVRAWLO
INPTDIR PVSTS
IOP PVTEMP
IOPTYPE SECVAR
LASTPV SENSRTYP
LOCUTOFF SERIALNO
LRL SLWSRCID
LRV STATE
NAME STI_EU
PIUOTDCF STIDBDISCRE
PNTFORM STIPVNUMBER
PTEXECST STISCRATCHPAD
PV STISTATUS
PVCALC STISWVER
PVCHAR STITAG
PVCLAMP TCRNGOPT
PVEUHI TF
PVEULO URL

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 63

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

PVEXEUHI URV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

HAICHANNEL (PMIO) block

Description The HAI channel block represents a single analog input point on the
HLAIHART I/O Processor.

The analog input point converts an analog signal received from a field
sensor to engineering units for use by control function blocks in the
Experion PKS system.

• Analog-to Digital Conversion

• PV Characterization

• Range Checking and PV Filtering

• PV Source Selection

• Alarm Detection

Additionally, the HAI channel supports HART digital data received

from HART capable devices. Device Id data is read from the device
and cached in the IOP. Dynamic and device variable data and device
status is collected from the device for use by the control system.

Parameters ACCEPTDEV HCMD16

ACCEPTRNGCHANNUM HCMD48BT[1..200]HCMD48NOTI
CJTACT FY[1..200]
COMMANDCONTAINEDIN HCMD48STRNGS[1..200]HCMDF
DEVICE AIL
DECONF HCMDRESP
DESCHCFGDEV HCOMERFL
HCMD00 HCOMFAIL
HCMD12 HCOMHYS
HCMD13 HCOMSTS
HCMD14 HCOMTHRS
HDAY

HDESC HSWREVHTAG
HDEVIDHDEVIDFL HTDEU
HDEVIDCD HTDLRL
HDEVMFG HTDMINSPAN
HDEVMISM HTDSN
64 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

HDEVMSG HTDURL
HDEVREV HUCMDREV
HDEVST HWRTPRCTCODE
HDEVTYP HYEAR
HDVMFGCD INPTDIR
HDVREVCD IOP
HDVTYPCD IOPTYPE
HDVTYPCDNAME LASTPV
HDYNDESC[1..4] LOCUTOFF
HDYNDVC[1..4] LRL
HDYNEU[1..4] LRV
HDYNNAME[1..4] NAME
HDYNVAL[1..4]HENABLE PIUOTDCF
HEU PNTFORM
HFASSYNO PTEXECST
HFLAGS PV
HHWREV PVCALC
HISHART5 PVCHAR
HMONTH PVCLAMP
HNCOMERR PVEUHI
HNMSMINPRE PVEULO
HREVMISM PVEXEUHIPVEXEULO
HPHYSIG PVEXHIFL
HPVALMCODE PVEXLOFL
HPVCHAR PVRAW
HPVDAMP PVRAWHI
HPVLRV PVRAWLO
HPVMISM PVSTS
HPVTLDST PVTEMPRESETHCOMERR
HPVURV SECVAR
HPVXFRCODE SENSRTYP
HSCANCFG SLWSRCID
HSCANOVR STATE
HSLOTDSC[1..4] TCRNGOPT
HSLOTDVC[1..4] TF
HSLOTEU[1..4] URL
HSLOTNAME[1..4] URV
HSLOTVAL[1..4]
HSMSTRFL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 65

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

AOCHANNEL (PMIO) block

Description The AO channel block converts the output value (OP) to a 4-20 mA
output signal for operating final control elements such as valves and
actuators in the field. The OP parameter value can be controlled from
a Experion PKS regulatory point, the operator, or an SCM.

To convert the OP value to a 4-20 mA signal, the AO channel

performs:

• Direct/Reverse Output Function

• Nonlinear Output Characterization

The AO channel block can be associated with either an AO8 or AO16

IOP.

Parameters CHANNUM OPIN2

COMMFAILFL OPIN3
DESC OPIN4
FAILOPT OPIN5
INITREQ OPOUT0
INITVAL OPOUT1
IOP OPOUT2
IOPTYPE OPOUT3
NAME OPOUT4
OP OPOUT5
OPCHAR OPTDIR
OPFINAL PNTFORM
OPIN0 PTEXECST
OPIN1 STDBYMAN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

66 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

HAOCHANNEL (PMIO) block

Description The HAO channel block represents a single analog output point on
the AO16HART I/O Processor.

The AO channel block converts the output value (OP) to a 4-20 mA

output signal for operating final control elements such as valves and
actuators in the field. The OP parameter value can be controlled from
a Experion PKS regulatory point, the operator, or an SCM.

To convert the OP value to a 4-20 mA signal, the AO channel

performs:

• Direct/Reverse Output Function

• Nonlinear Output Characterization

Additionally, the HAO channel supports HART digital data received

from HART capable devices. Device Id data is read from the device
and cached in the IOP. Dynamic and device variable data and device
status is collected from the device for use by the control system.

Parameters ACCEPTDEVCHANNUM
COMMFAILFLCONTAINEDIN HDAYHDESC
DESCDEVICE HDEVIDHDEVIDFL
FAILOPTHCFGDEV HDEVIDCD
HCMD00 HDEVMFG
HCMD12 HDEVMISM
HCMD13 HDEVMSG
HCMD14HCMD16 HDEVREV
HCMD48BT[1..200]HCMD48NO HDEVST
TIFY[1..200] HDEVTYP
HCMD48STRNGS[1..200]HCMD HDVMFGCD
FAIL HDVREVCD
HCMDRESP HDVTYPCD
HCOMERFL HDVTYPCDNAME
HCOMFAIL HDYNDESC[1..4]
HCOMHYSHCOMSTS HDYNDVC[1..4]
HCOMTHRS HDYNEU[1..4]
HDYNNAME[1..4]
HDYNVAL[1..4]HENABLEHEUHF
ASSYNO
HFLAGS

Parameters HHWREV ICONSTATE

HISHART5 INITREQ
HMONTH INITVAL
HNCOMERR IOP
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 67
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

HNMSMINPRE IOPTYPE
HREVMISM NAME
HPHYSIG OP
HPVALMCODE OPCHAR
HPVDAMP OPFINAL
HPVLRV OPIN0
HPVTLDST OPIN1OPIN2
HPVURV OPIN3
HPVXFRCODE OPIN4
HSCANCFG OPIN5
HSCANOVR OPOUT0
HSLOTDSC[1..4] OPOUT1
HSLOTDVC[1..4] OPOUT2
HSLOTEU[1..4] OPOUT3
HSLOTNAME[1..4] OPOUT4
HSLOTVAL[1..4] OPOUT5
HSMSTRFLHSWREVHTAG OPTDIR
HTDEU PNTFORM
HTDLRL PTEXECSTRESETHCOMERR
HTDMINSPAN
HTDSN
HTDURL
HUCMDREV
HWRTPRCTCODE
HYEAR

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

DICHANNEL (PMIO) block

Description The DI channel block represents a single discrete input point on a DI,
DI24V, or DISOE I/O Processors.

A digital input point converts a digital PVRAW signal received from the
field to a PV that can be used by other data points in the control
strategy.

Control strategies can test for a bad Digital Input PV. Parameter
BADPVFL is set ON when:

• The PV source has been switched to Substituted, and the point is

inactive or the module status is Idle.

• The PV source is AUTO and the PV is not being updated,

68 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

because either the point is inactive, the module is idle, there is a

slot soft failure, or the FTA is missing.

The digital input point is a single-input point that can be configured as

a status input or a latched input, as described in the following sections.

Parameters ALMOPT IOPTYPE

BADPVFL NAME
CHANNUM OFFNRMFL
DEBOUNCE PNTFORM
DESC PTEXECST
DITYPE PV
DLYTIME PVCHGDLY
EVTOPT PVNORMAL
HIGHAL PVRAW
INPTDIR PVSOURCE
IOP PVSRCOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

DOCHANNEL (PMIO) block

Description The DI channel block represents a single discrete input point on a DI,
DI24V, or DISOE I/O Processors.

The digital output point provides a digital output to the field based on
the origin of the input and the configured parameters. The digital
output point does not have any modes.

Parameters CHANNUM OFFPULSE

COMMFAILFL ONPULSE
DESC OP
DOTYPE OPTDIR
FAILOPT PERIOD
INITREQ PNTFORM
INITVAL PTEXECST
IOP SO
IOPTYPE SOINITVAL
NAME SOREADFAIL
STDBYMAN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 69

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

HLAI block

Description The analog input point converts an analog PV signal received from a
field sensor to engineering units for use by other data points in the
control strategy, as shown in the following figure. To accomplish this
function, the analog input point performs the following functions.

• Analog-to Digital Conversion

• PV Characterization

• Range Checking and PV Filtering

• PV Source Selection

• Alarm Detection

Parameters CALIBSTS NAME

DBVALID NONREDFTABA
DBVALIDCMD NONREDFTABB
DESC NOTREDCNFGA
FTAPRESA NOTREDCNFGB
FTAPRESB NOTSAMEFTAA
FTAREVERSEDA NOTSAMEFTAB
FTAREVERSEDB NUMCHANS
FWINVALIDA PTEXECST
FWINVALIDB PV
IOMCARDA PVSTS
IOMCARDB REDDATAA
IOMFILEA REDDATAB
IOMFILEB RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFWREVA SCANASSOCDSP
IOMFWREVB SCANCTRLLVL
IOMHWREVA SCANGRPDTL
IOMHWREVB SCANPNTDTL
IOMLHFSTA SCANRATE
IOMLHFSTB SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMNUM SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMOPERA SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMOPERB TYPEINVALIDA
IOMSTATE TYPEINVALIDB
IOMSTSA WARMSTRTA
IOMSTSB WARMSTRTB
IOMTYPE
IOREDOPT

70 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

HLAIHART block

Description High Level Analog Input IOP, HART Capable, 16 Channel.

Each input channel is capable of scanning (100 ms sampling) a

standard analog input (0 to 100%) and supporting digital data transfer
using HART communications protocol.

The analog input point converts an analog PV signal received from a

field sensor to engineering units for use by other data points in the
control strategy. To accomplish this function, the HLAIHART point
performs the following functions.

• Analog-to Digital Conversion

• PV Characterization

• Range Checking and PV Filtering

• PV Source Selection

• Alarm Detection

Additionally, the IOP can issue HART protocol commands and

receive data from HART capable devices. Device Id data is read
from the device and cached in the IOP. Dynamic and device variable
data and device status is collected from the device for use by the
control system. IOP allows for servicing of any pass-through
commands issued from host/master devices.

Parameters CALIBSTSDBVALID IOMLHFSTB

DBVALIDCMD IOMNUM
DESC IOMOPERA
DEVICELOCATIONFTACONNA IOMOPERB
FTACONNB IOMSTATE
FTAPRESA IOMSTSA
FTAPRESB IOMSTSB
FTAREVERSEDA IOMTYPE
FTAREVERSEDB IOREDOPTNAME
FWINVALIDA NONREDFTABA
FWINVALIDB NONREDFTABB

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 71

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ICONSTATE NOTREDCNFGA
HCUAVAIL NOTREDCNFGB
IOMPLREVA NOTSAMEFTAA
IOMPLREVB NOTSAMEFTAB
IOPLOCATION NUMCHANS
IOMCARDA REDDATAA
IOMCARDBIOMDESCA REDDATAB
IOMDESCB RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFILEA SCANRATE
IOMFILEB SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMFWREVA SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMFWREVB SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMHWREVA TYPEINVALIDA
IOMHWREVB TYPEINVALIDB
IOMLHFSTA WARMSTRTA
WARMSTRTB

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

LLMUX block

Description Low Level Multiplexer IOP, generally used for Data Acquisition points.

Parameters CALIBFTA1STS NAME

CALIBFTA2STS NONREDFTABA
DBVALID NOTREDCNFGA
DBVALIDCMD NOTSAMEFTAA
DESC NUMCHANS
FREQ6050 PTEXECST
FTAPRESA PV
FTAREVERSEDA PVSTS
FWINVALIDA RESETERRORSCMD
IOMCARDA SCANASSOCDSP
IOMFILEA SCANCTRLLVL
IOMFWREVA SCANGRPDTL
IOMHWREVA SCANPNTDTL
IOMLHFSTA SCANRATE
IOMNUM SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMSTATE SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMSTSA TYPEINVALIDA
IOMTYPE WARMSTRTA

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

72 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

STI_MV block

Description The STIMV IOP supports all the Smart Transmitters listed above and
multi-PV Smart Transmitter types such as the following:

• SCM3000 Smart Flow Transmitter (Coriolis method)

• Drexelbrook SLT Level Transmitter

• SMV 3000 Multivariable Pressure Transmitter

• SGC 3000 Gas Chromatograph

An STIMV IOP allows up to four multi-PV transmitters or a mix of

multi-PV and single PV transmitter inputs that total no more than 16.
A multi-PV transmitter is configured as if it were in "n" contiguous
slots where "n" equals the number of PVs expected. The STITAG
parameter value for each contiguous slot must be identical.

Parameters DBVALID IOREDOPT

DBVALIDCMD NAME
DESC NONREDFTABA
FREQ6050 NONREDFTABB
FTAPRESA NOTREDCNFGA
FTAPRESB NOTREDCNFGB
FTAREVERSEDA NOTSAMEFTAA
FTAREVERSEDB NOTSAMEFTAB
FWINVALIDA NUMCHANS
FWINVALIDB PTEXECST
IOMCARDA PV
IOMCARDB PVSTS
IOMFILEA REDDATAA
IOMFILEB REDDATAB
IOMFWREVA RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFWREVB SCANASSOCDSP
IOMHWREVA SCANCTRLLVL
IOMHWREVB SCANGRPDTL
IOMLHFSTA SCANPNTDTL
IOMLHFSTB SCANRATE
IOMNUM SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMOPERA SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMOPERB SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMSTATE TYPEINVALIDA
IOMSTSA TYPEINVALIDB

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 73

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

IOMSTSB WARMSTRTA
IOMTYPE WARMSTRTB

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

AO16 block

Description Analog Output IOP, 16 channel.

Parameters CALIBSTS NAME

DBVALID NONREDFTABA
DBVALIDCMD NONREDFTABB
DESC NOTREDCNFGA
FAILOPT NOTREDCNFGB
FTAPRESA NOTSAMEFTAA
FTAPRESB NOTSAMEFTAB
FTAREVERSEDA NUMCHANS
FTAREVERSEDB OP
FWINVALIDA OPFINAL
FWINVALIDB PTEXECST
INITVAL REDDATAA
IOMCARDA REDDATAB
IOMCARDB RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFILEA SCANASSOCDSP
IOMFILEB SCANCTRLLVL
IOMFWREVA SCANGRPDTL
IOMFWREVB SCANPNTDTL
IOMHWREVA SCANRATE
IOMHWREVB SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMLHFSTA SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMLHFSTB STDBYSTSA
IOMNUM STDBYSTSB
IOMOPERA SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMOPERB TYPEINVALIDA
IOMSTATE TYPEINVALIDB
IOMSTSA WARMSTRTA
IOMSTSB WARMSTRTB
IOMTYPE
IOREDOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

74 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

on the PMIO Blocks.

AO16HART block

Description Analog Output HART IOP, 16 channel.

Each channel is capable of supplying a standard analog output (4 to

20mA) and supporting digital data transfer using HART
communications protocol.

To accomplish this function, the HLAIHART point performs the

following functions.

• Analog-to Digital Conversion

• PV Characterization

• Range Checking and PV Filtering

• PV Source Selection

• Alarm Detection

Additionally, the IOP can issue HART protocol commands and

receive data from HART capable devices. Device Id data is read
from the device and cached in the IOP. Dynamic and device
variable data and device status is collected from the device for use
by the control system. IOP allows for servicing of any pass-through
commands issued from host/master devices.

Parameters CALIBSTS IOMOPERA

DBVALID IOMOPERB
DBVALIDCMD IOMPLREVAIOMPLREVBIOMST
DESCDEVICELOCATIONEUDE ATE
SC IOMSTSA
FAILOPT IOMSTSB
FTACONNAFTACONNBFTAPR IOMTYPE
ESA IOREDOPT
FTAPRESB IOPLOCATIONNAME
FTAREVERSEDA NONREDFTABA
FTAREVERSEDB NONREDFTABB
FWINVALIDA NOTREDCNFGA
FWINVALIDB NOTREDCNFGB
HAUTODET[1..16]HCUAVAILIC NOTSAMEFTAA
ONSTATE NOTSAMEFTAB
IOMCARDA NUMCHANS
IOMCARDB REDDATAA
IOMDESCAIOMDESCB REDDATAB

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 75

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

IOMFILEA RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFILEB SCANRATE
IOMFWREVA SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMFWREVB SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMHWREVA STDBYSTS
IOMHWREVB SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMLHFSTA TYPEINVALIDA
IOMLHFSTB TYPEINVALIDB
IOMNUM WARMSTRTA
WARMSTRTB

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

DI24V block

Description Digital Input IOP, 24 Vdc.

Parameters BADPVFL NAME

DBVALID NONREDFTABA
DBVALIDCMD NONREDFTABB
DESC NOTREDCNFGA
FTAPRESA NOTREDCNFGB
FTAPRESB NOTSAMEFTAA
FTAREVERSEDA NOTSAMEFTAB
FTAREVERSEDB NUMCHANS
FWINVALIDA PTEXECST
FWINVALIDB PV
IOMCARDA PVSTS
IOMCARDB REDDATAA
IOMFILEA REDDATAB
IOMFILEB RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFWREVA SCANASSOCDSP
IOMFWREVB SCANCTRLLVL
IOMHWREVA SCANGRPDTL
IOMHWREVB SCANPNTDTL
IOMLHFSTA SCANRATE
IOMLHFSTB SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMNUM SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMOPERA SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMOPERB TYPEINVALIDA
IOMSTATE TYPEINVALIDB
IOMSTSA WARMSTRTA
IOMSTSB WARMSTRTB
IOMTYPE
76 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

IOREDOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

DISOE block

Description Digital Input Sequence of Events

Parameters BADPVFL NAME

DBVALID NONREDFTABA
DBVALIDCMD NONREDFTABB
DESC NOTREDCNFGA
FTAPRESA NOTREDCNFGB
FTAPRESB NOTSAMEFTAA
FTAREVERSEDA NOTSAMEFTAB
FTAREVERSEDB NUMCHANS
FWINVALIDA PTEXECST
FWINVALIDB PV
IOMCARDA PVSTS
IOMCARDB REDDATAA
IOMFILEA REDDATAB
IOMFILEB RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFWREVA SCANASSOCDSP
IOMFWREVB SCANCTRLLVL
IOMHWREVA SCANGRPDTL
IOMHWREVB SCANPNTDTL
IOMLHFSTA SCANRATE
IOMLHFSTB SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMNUM SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMOPERA SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMOPERB TYPEINVALIDA
IOMSTATE TYPEINVALIDB
IOMSTSA WARMSTRTA
IOMSTSB WARMSTRTB
IOMTYPE
IOREDOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 77

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

DI block

Description Digital Input, 32 channel

Parameters DBVALID
DBVALIDCMD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

DO32 block

Description Digital Output, 32 channel.

Parameters DBVALID NAME

DBVALIDCMD NONREDFTABA
DESC NONREDFTABB
FAILOPT NOTREDCNFGA
FTAPRESA NOTREDCNFGB
FTAPRESB NOTSAMEFTAA
FTAREVERSEDA NOTSAMEFTAB
FTAREVERSEDB NUMCHANS
FWINVALIDA OP
FWINVALIDB PTEXECST
IOMCARDA REDDATAA
IOMCARDB REDDATAB
IOMFILEA RESETERRORSCMD
IOMFILEB SCANASSOCDSP
IOMFWREVA SCANCTRLLVL
IOMFWREVB SCANGRPDTL
IOMHWREVA SCANPNTDTL
IOMHWREVB SCANRATE
IOMLHFSTA SELECTCABLEACMD
IOMLHFSTB SELECTCABLEBCMD
IOMNUM SO
IOMOPERA SOINITVAL
IOMOPERB SWAPPRIMARYCMD
IOMSTATE TYPEINVALIDA
IOMSTSA TYPEINVALIDB
IOMSTSB WARMSTRTA
IOMTYPE WARMSTRTB
IOREDOPT

78 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Physical Equipment Block Types
Process Manager Input/Output (PMIO) Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Components Theory for more information

on the PMIO Blocks.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 79

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

80 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types

Overview
This section provides detailed reference data for each functional block type that is part of
the functional relation category for the Control Builder. It presents the block types
associated with a given component library. The reference data is organized alphabetically
by component library/ block type, and then alphabetically within each type by the
function block name.
The reference data for each block covers these topics, as applicable:
• description
• function
• inputs and input ranges
• outputs and output ranges
• parameters
Note that the data varies, based on what is pertinent for each block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 81

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Auxiliary Blocks
AUXCALC (Auxiliary Calculation) block

Description Lets you write up to eight expressions for computing a Process

Variable (PV) value.

Function Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,

operators and functions and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations, test conditions, etc.

Status information is made available for input as well as the

expression results.

You can assign the result of an expression, a status, or an input to PV

and PVSTS parameters which are then processed like the result of
any other Auxiliary function block.

Inputs Accepts up to six optional inputs (P[1] to P[6]) - none are required.

• No inputs are required

• All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks.

• The number of process input connections are equal to the

number of inputs; the default is 1.

• Configure P inputs contiguously (without breaks) in arrays.

Outputs Produces these outputs according to the values you assign to them.

• PV and its status PVSTS, as well as a Boolean flag,

PVSTSFL.BAD, to indicate to other function blocks, that this
block’s PV status is bad.

• Up to eight expression results (C[1] to C[8])

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification “CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL”, or “CM57.PID100.MODE”.

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number

of inputs and work with any data type.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (‘) can be used
in an expression containing an external reference component. The
format for the delimiter usage is as follows:

82 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

• TagName.’text’

Expression • Must include full tag.parameter name for P inputs in the

Rules expression and enclose identification number in brackets instead
of parenthesizes. For example, CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[1] *
CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[2] is valid.

• Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon

and equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
“CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]” is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical

which is automatically stored in a “C” parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], etc. You
can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.

• You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as types match or
can be converted.

• You can use blanks between operators and parameter names,

but they are not required.

• You can use all data types except Time in expressions,

including enumerations. They are all treated as numeric types.

• You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without

breaks) in the arrays.

Parameters C[1..8] NAME

CONFIGCODE[1..8] ORDERINCM
CONFIGDESC[1..8] P[1..6]
CONFIGSTS[1..8] PSTS[1..6]
CSTS[1..8] PV
DESC PVFORMAT
EUDESC PVSRC
EXECCODE[1..8] PVSTS
EXECDESC PVSTSFL.BAD
EXECDESC[1..8] PVSTSFL.MAN
EXECSTS PVSTSFL.NORM
EXECSTS[1..8] PVSTSFL.UNCER
EXPR[1..8] PVSTSSRC
EXPRPCODE[1..8] PVVALSTS
HIALM

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 83

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the AUXCALC Block.

Table 3 Expression Operators and Functions Reference

Operators Description

Unary +–

Binary Arithmetic + – / MOD (x MOD y) ^ (x^y)

Logical AND OR NOT

Relational = <> <= >= < >

Conditional ? : (For example, X ? Y : Z; similar to IF, THEN, ELSE)

Assignment := (This function does not apply to ENHREGCALC block)

Parenthesis ()

Array Syntax []

Unary Functions

ABS absolute value LOG Base 10 Logarithm of a number

ATN arc tangent RND round value

COS1 cosine SGN sign of value (returns -1,0 or +1)

1
EXP e to the power of x SIN sine

INT convert to integer SQR square of a number

ISFIN is finite SQRT square root

1
ISNAN is Not a Number TAN tangent

LN Natural logarithm of a
number (Log to the base
of e)

Multiple Argument Functions

84 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

Operators Description

MIN Minimum of n arguments MID Medium value of n arguments

(ignore bad values) (average of middle values for
even n)

MAX Maximum of n arguments MUL Product of n arguments

(ignore bad values)

AVG Average of n arguments SUM sum of n arguments

1
Be sure you specify the trigonometric functions cosine, sine, and tangent in radians and
not degrees.

Case Sensitive Strings for Special Value Constants

NAN IEEE NaN value

+INF IEEE + Infinity value

-INF IEEE – Infinity value

PI PI (3.14159. . .)

E e (2.718. . .)

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 85

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

AUXSUMMER (Auxiliary Summer) block

Description Lets you configure up to ten separate inputs to calculate a process

variable (PV) value that can be scaled and biased.

Function The AUXSUMMER block fetches values from other function blocks
and determines their statuses in every execution cycle of the Control
Module. It evaluates up to ten inputs and determines their statuses. It
derives values for PV and PV status based on its calculation of the
inputs and the configuration entries for the overall PV scale factor
(CPV) and overall PV bias factor (DPV) parameters.

Inputs This function block accepts as many as ten inputs (P[1…10]).

• At least one input (P[i]) must be configured for the block to

operate.

• All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks

• The number of process input connections (NUMPINPT) that can

be made to other blocks is equal to the number of inputs. The
default is 1.

Outputs This block produces the following outputs:

• PV and its status, PVSTS

Parameters C[1..10] PDESC

CPV PENABLE
D[1..10] PSTS[1..10]
DESC PSUB
DPV PV
EUDESC PVFORMAT
NUMPINPT PVSTS
NAME PVSTSFL.BAD
ORDERINCM PVSTSFL.MAN
P[1..10] PVSTSFL.NORM
PVSTSFL.UNCER

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theoryfor more information

on the AUXSUMMER Block.

86 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

DEADTIME block

Description Provides calculated output (PV) in which value changes may be

delayed from the time that the corresponding change occurred in the
P1 input. The delay time can be fixed, or it can vary as the inverse of
another input (P2).

Function Applies a fixed or variable delay to a process input value

Inputs Requires on input value (P1); a second input (P2) is optional.

• P1 and P2 must be fetched from other function blocks

Outputs Produces the following output:

• PV and it’s status, PVSTS and PVSTSFL

Operators and Table 4 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Delay Table Is used to accomplish the desired delays in the input (P1). P1 values
are stored and shifted through the table at a rate that is calculated to
produce the desired Deadtime. The table-shift rate is derived from
the following information:

• The sample rate of the P1 value (TS). This is the execution rate
of the function block.

• The delay time (DELAYTIME). If fixed delay is selected, user

specifies the delay; if variable delay is selected, the delay is
derived from P2.

• The number of entries to use in the delay table (NUMLOC). The

table has a maximum of 60 entries, but the user may request to
use fewer than that (by sorting to NUMLOC).

Delay Type Two types of delay are supported:

• Fixed Delay

• Variable Delay

Parameters C1 NUMLOC
C2 NAME
CPV ORDERINCM
CUTOFF.LM P1
D1 P1STS
D2 P2
DELAYTABLE[1..60] P2STS

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 87

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

DELAYTIME PV
DELAYTYPE PVFORMAT
DPV PVSTS
EUDESC PVSTSFL.BAD
INITREQ PVSTSFL.NORM
PVSTSFL.UNCER
PVVALSTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the DEADTIME Block.

ENHAUXCALC (Enhanced Auxiliary Calculation) block

Description The ENHAUXCALC block provides the following enhancements over

the AUXCALC block.

• Expands existing arrayed input parameters PSTS and P from

six to ten.

• These arrayed parameters are added to correspond to each of

the ten inputs.

− Input Description

− Scaling Factor

− Enable/Disable Switch

− PSUB Substitute Parameter

− PP Scaled Input

• Both the ENHAUXCALC and AUXCALC blocks are optimized so

that expressions use memory based on the number of
expressions configured, pcode size of each expression, the
number of references in the expression and the offset needed for
each expression.

Function Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,

operators and functions and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations, test conditions, etc.

Status information is made available for input as well as the

expression results.

You can assign the result of an expression, a status, or an input to PV

and PVSTS parameters which are then processed like the result of

88 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

any other Auxiliary function block.

Inputs Accepts up to 10 optional inputs (P[1] to P[10]) - none are required.

• No inputs are required

• All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks.

• The number of process input connections are equal to the

number of inputs; the default is 1.

• Configure P inputs contiguously (without breaks) in arrays.

Outputs Produces these outputs according to the values you assign to them.

• PV and its status PVSTS, as well as a Boolean flag,

PVSTSFL.BAD, to indicate to other function blocks, that this
block’s PV status is bad.

• Up to eight expression results (C[1] to C[8])

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification “CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL”, or “CM57.PID100.MODE”.

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number

of inputs and work with any data type.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (‘) can be used
in an expression containing an external reference component. The
format for the delimiter usage is as follows:

• TagName.’text’

The size of each expression in the ENHAUXCALC block has been

enhanced to 512 characters. You can use the following additional
arrayed parameters in expressions.

• CP[1..10]

• PP[1..10]

• PENABLE[1..10]

• PSUB[1..10]

• PCODESIZE[1..8]

• NUMSRCCONN[1..8]

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 89

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Expression • Must include full tag.parameter name for P inputs in the

Rules expression and enclose identification number in brackets instead
of parenthesizes. For example, CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[1] *
CM151.AUXCALC BLOCK.P[2] is valid.

• Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon

and equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
“CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]” is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical

which is automatically stored in a “C” parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], etc. You
can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.

• You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as types match or
can be converted.

• You can use blanks between operators and parameter names,

but they are not required.

• You can use all data types except Time in expressions,

including enumerations. They are all treated as numeric types.

• You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without

breaks) in the arrays.

Parameters C[1..8] PCODESIZE[1..8]

CONFIGCODE[1..8] PDESC[1..10]
CONFIGDESC[1..8] PENABLE[1..10]
CONFIGSTS[1..8] PP[1..10]
CP[1..10] PSTS[1..10]
CSTS[1..8] PSUB[1..10]
DESC PV
EUDESC PVFORMAT
EXECCODE[1..8] PVSRC
EXECDESC PVSTS
EXECDESC[1..8] PVSTSFL.BAD
EXECSTS PVSTSFL.MAN
EXECSTS[1..8] PVSTSFL.NORM
EXPR[1..8] PVSTSFL.UNCER
NAME PVSTSSRC
NUMSRCCONN[1..8] PVVALSTS
ORDERINCM
P[1..10]

90 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the ENHAUXCALC Block.

FLOWCOMP (Flow Compensation) block

Description Operates on uncompensated flow measurements of liquids, steam,

gases or vapors. It computes a flow compensation factor based on
variations in parameters like temperature, pressure, specific gravity,
and molecular weight. The block derives a compensated flow value
as its output.

Function Offers you five different equations for calculating the flow
compensation term (COMPTERM). There is one equation for liquids,
one for steam, and three for gases and vapors. Each equation may
require different inputs. For example, depending on which gases and
vapors equation you choose, one requires temperature and pressure
measurements, another requires temperature, pressure and specific
gravity, and a third requires temperature, pressure and molecular
weight.

Inputs • The PV Equation Type (PVEQN) you select determines the

number of inputs that the FLOWCOMP block requires.

− Equation A requires 2 inputs

− Equation B requires 3 inputs

− Equation C requires 4 inputs

− Equation D requires 4 inputs

− Equation E requires 5 inputs

• All inputs must be fetched from other function blocks

Outputs This block produces the following outputs:

• PV and its status, PVSTS

Parameters BADCOMPTERM.FL P
BADCOMPTERM.PR P0
BADCOMPTERM.SV PSTS
CF1 PV
CF2 PVCHAR
COMPHILM PVEQN

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 91

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

COMPLOLM PVFORMAT
COMPTERM PVSTS
CPV PVSTSFL.BAD
DESC PVSTSFL.MAN
EUDESC PVSTSFL.NORM
F PVSTSFL.UNCER
FSTS Q
G QSTS
GSTS RG
HIALM.PR RMW
HIALM.SV RP
HIALM.TYPE RQ
INALM RT
MAXCYCLE RX
MW T
MWSTS T0
NUMPINPT TSTS
NAME X
ORDERINCM XSTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theoryfor more information

on the FLOWCOMP Block.

GENLIN (General Linearization) block

Description Calculates an output value (PV) as a function of the input value (P1)
based on a separate function that can be represented by 2 to 13 user-
defined coordinates. (You specify the IN and OUT values of each
coordinate to make a segment.) The input value (P1) is then
compared with the input range of each segment and the output is set
at the intersection of the input with the appropriate segment.

Function Typically used to provide a linearized PV (in engineering units) for a

sensor with nonlinear characteristics. Block can also be used to
characterize functions of a single parameter, such as heat transfer
versus flow rate, or efficiency as a function of load. It is particularly
useful when the relationship of the input to engineering units is
empirically determined.

Input One input value (P1) is required:

• P1 must be fetched from another function block.

• Number of process input connections is 1.

92 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

Outputs PV and its status, PVSTS, as well as a Boolean flag, PVSTSFL.BAD,

to indicate to other function blocks, that this block’s PV status is bad.

Segment The first and last segments are treated as if they are infinitely
Extension extended. This means, if P1 is less than IN[0] or greater than IN
(NUMSEGS), PV is computed by assuming that the slope in the
appropriate segment continues from the intersection point.

Parameters DESC PV
EUDESC PVFORMAT
IN[0..12] PVSTS
NAME PVSTSFL.BAD
NUMSEGS PVSTSFL.MAN
ORDERINCM PVSTSFL.NORM
OUT[0..12] PVSTSFL.UNCER
P1 PVVALSTS
P1STS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the GENLIN Block.

LEADLAG (Lead Lag) block

Description May be configured to apply a lead-time and two lag-time

compensation factors to a process input value.

Function Provides dynamic lead-lag compensation to the P1 input. It supports

one lead compensation and two lag compensation factors. There is a
time constant for each compensation factor. Specifying a zero value
for any time constant will suppress the corresponding compensation.

Input One input value (P1) is required:

• P1 must be fetched from another function block.

Outputs The following output is produced:

• PV and its status, PVSTS and PVSTSFL

Equations This function block only supports one equation – a single input filtered
with one lead compensation and two lag compensations. There is a
time constant for each compensation factor. Specifying a zero value
for any time constant will suppress the corresponding compensation.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 93

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Parameters CPV P1STS

DPV PV
DESC PVFORMAT
EUDESC PVSTS
INITREQ PVSTSFL.BAD
LAG1TIME PVSTSFL.MAN
LAG2TIME PVSTSFL.NORM
LEADTIME PVSTSFL.UNCER
NAME PVVALSTS
ORDERINCM
P1

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the LEADLAG Block.

TOTALIZER block

Description Periodically adds an input value (P1) to an accumulator value (PV);

sets status flags to indicate when accumulator value is “near”,
“nearer”, “nearest” the user specified target value.

Function Typically used to accumulate flows. For situations where flow

transmitter may not be precisely calibrated near zero-flow value, a
zero-flow cutoff feature is provided such that when P1 is below the
cutoff value it clamps to 0 (zero).

Block also supports warm restart.

Input One input (P1) is required:

• P1 is the value to be accumulated -- input value may be real,

integer or Boolean, but is stored as a real number.

• P1 must be fetched from another block.

• Number of process input connections is 1.

Outputs The following outputs are produced:

• Accumulated value (PV) and its status (PVSTS), as well as a

Boolean flag, PVSTSFL.BAD, to indicate to other function
blocks, that this block’s PV status is bad.

• Flags, indicating if accumulated value has reached user-

specified target value or one of the accumulator deviation trip
points (ACCTVFL and ACCDEV.FL(1-4]).

94 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Auxiliary Blocks

Equations You can configure PVEQN to specify how the block should handle
bad input and warm restarts. Specific handling combinations for a
given PVEQN selection are:

Equation Bad Input Handling Warm Restart Handling

EqA Stop accumulation while Continue after input turns

input is bad valid

EqB Use last good value if Continue after input turns

input is bad valid

EqC Stop if the input is bad and Continue after input turns
set PV to NaN valid

EqD Stop accumulation while Stop after a warm restart

input is bad

EqE Use last good value if Stop after a warm restart

input is bad

EqF Stop if the input is bad and Stop after a warm restart
set PV to NaN

Parameters ACCDEV.FL[1..4] PV
ACCDEV.TP[1..4] PVEQN
ACCTV PVFORMAT
ACCTVFL PVSTS
C1 PVSTSFL.BAD
CMDATTR PVSTSFL.NORM
COMMAND PVSTSFL.NORM
CUTOFF.LM PVSTSFL.UNCER
DESC PVVALSTS
EUDESC RESETFL
HIALM RESETVAL
LASTGOOD STARTFL
NAME STATE
OLDAV STOPFL
ORDERINCM TIMEBASE
P1
P1STS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the TOTALIZER Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 95

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Device Control Block

DEVCTL (Device Control) block

Description Provides multi-input, multi-output function for interfacing to discrete

devices such as motors, pumps, solenoid valves and motor-operated
valves. The Device Control block contains built-in structures for
handling interlocks and supports display of the interlock conditions in
group, detail and graphic displays.

Function Allows the manipulation of sets of digital outputs and interprets

corresponding feedback of digital inputs represented by the state
parameter PV (Current Feedback State).

Operation consists of transmitting commands represented by state

parameter OP (commanded output state), monitoring PV, and
producing alarms based on various configurations, such as if PV has
not achieved state commanded in OP.

Provides safety interlocks, individual state interlocks, initialization

manual, maintenance statistics, and batch level 1 drive functions.

Inputs May have from 0 to 4 inputs (DI [1..4]); each input is a Boolean value
that represents the state of other block output or a field DICHANNEL
block.

Outputs May have from 0 to 3 outputs. Each output can be Boolean (DO[1..3])
or pulsed (PO[1..3]). You can only connect a DO[1..3] or a PO[1..3] to
any one output at a time.

• You can connect the Boolean output DO[1..3] to a Boolean

parameter in any other function block or to the DO.SO in the
DOCHANNEL block.

• You can only connect the pulsed output PO[1..3] to a

DO.ONPULSE or DO.OFFPULSE in the DOCHANNEL block.

• Note that you can only connect one Boolean (DO[1..3]) or one
pulsed (PO[1..3]) output to any one DOCHANNEL block as a
DO.SO or DO.ONPULSE or DO.OFFPULSE, respectively.

Alarms An available set of PV state alarms may be configured to represent

Bad PV or disagreements between the commanded output state (OP)
and the feedback state (PV). A variety of override alarms are also
available. Each of these alarms possesses all the standard attributes
of system alarms.

Parameters ASTEPID MOMSTATE

96 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Device Control Block

BADPVALM.FL NAME
BADPVALM.PR NORMMODE
BADPVALM.SV NORMMODEATTR
BYPASS NULLPVFL
BYPPERM NUMDINPTS
CLROPREQFL NUMDOUTS
CMDDISALM.FL NUMSIOVRD
CMDDISALM.PR NUMSTATES
CMDDISALM.SV NUMTRANS[0..2]
CMDDISALM.TM[0..2] OFFNRMALM.FL
CMDFALALM.FL OFFNRMALM.PR
CMDFALALM.PR OFFNRMALM.SV
CMDFALALM.SV OI[0..2]
CMDFALALM.TM[0..2] OIALM.FL[0..2]
CONTROLREQ OIALM.OPT[0..2]
DESC OIALM.PR[0..2]
DI[1..4] OIALM.SV[0..2]
DIPVMAP[0..15] OP
DO[1..3] OPCMD[0..2]
EUDESC OPDOMAP[0..3][1..3]
GOP OPFINAL
GOPFINAL OPREQ
GOPREQ OPTYPE
GOPSCADA ORDER
GPV ORDERINCM
GPVAUTO PI[0..2]
HIALM.PR PO[1..3]
HIALM.SV POCONNECTED[1..3]
HIALM.TYPE PULSEWIDTH[1..3]
HOLDOPT PV
INALM PVAUTO
INBETFL PVFL[0..2]
INITCONNECTD[1..3] PVSOURCE
INITMAN PVSRCOPT
INITOPOPT REDTAG
INITREQ[0..2] RESETFL
LASTGOPREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPREQ SAFEOP
LASTOPTYPE SAFEREDTAG
LASTREQFL SEALOPT
LASTSTEP SI
LOCALMAN SIALM.FL
MAINTOPT SIALM.OPT
MAXTIME[0..2] SIALM.PR
MAXTRANS[0..2] SIALM.SV
MODE STARTOPT
MODEATTR STATETEXT[0..6]

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 97

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

MODEATTRFL.NORM STATETIME[0..2]
MODEATTRFL.OPER STOPOPT
MODEATTRFL.PROG UNCMDALM.FL
MODETRACK UNCMDALM.PR
UNCMDALM.SV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the DEVCTL Block.

Data Acquisition Block

DATAACQ (Data Acquisition) block

Description Processes a specified process input value (P1) with or without

filtering into an output value (PV).

Function Normally configured to fetch process input from an AI device,

controller or another function block; it performs the following major
functions:

• Brings input data and updates the input (P1) and its status
P1STS. If input provides value only, P1STS is derived from the
value.

• PV characterization option lets you configure Linear or Square

Root conversion on the P1 input, if required.

• Low signal cut off function lets you configure a low cutoff value
for P1 with Linear or Square Root PV characterization.

• Performs filtering (P1FILTTIME) and clamping (P1CLAMPOPT)

on P1 through parameters P1FILTTIME and P1CLAMPOPT, and
stores the result in PVAUTO.

• Generates alarm flags when PV exceeds any of a number of

user-specified alarm trip points for more than a designated time
interval.

• PV source selection option (PVSOURCE) supports automatic,

manual, and substitute. A PV source selection of manual means
an operator can store a value to the output (PV). A selection of
substitute means a user program can store a value to PV.

Input Requires one process input value (P1) that must be fetched from
another block.

98 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Data Acquisition Block

• Number of process input connections (NUMPINT) is 1.

• P1STS provides the status of P1.

Input Ranges • PVEUHI and PVEULO define the full range of P1 in engineering
and Limits units.

− PVEUHI is 100% of full scale value.

− PVEULO is 0% of full scale value.

• PVEXHILM and PVEXLOLM define the high and low limits of

P1in engineering units.

− If P1 clamping is desired (P1CLAMPOPT = Enable), the block

clamps the input within PVEXHILM and PVEXLOLM.

Output Produces an output value (PV) and its status (PVSTS).

Alarm Block may be configured to generate an alarm when PV exceeds one

Processing of various trip points (XXXX.TP parameters) for more than a specified
time.

• Parameters with the following suffixes also apply to alarm

processing:

− XXXX.DB, XXXX.DBU (deadband, deadband units)

− XXXX.FL (alarm flag)

− XXXX.PR (priority)

− XXXX.SV (severity)

− XXXX.TP (trip point)

− XXXX.CT (alarm count)

Where XXXX stands for one of the following:

PVHIALM PVLLALM PVHISIGCHG

PVHHALM ROCPOSALM PVLOSIGCHG

PVLOALM ROCNEGALM Bad PV Alarm

Parameters ALMDB PVHHALM.TM

ALMDBU PVHHALM.TP
ALMTM PVHIALM.DB
BADPVALM.FL PVHIALM.DB
BADPVALM.PR PVHIALM.DBU

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 99

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

BADPVALM.SV PVHIALM.FL
DACINSERT[1..10] PVHIALM.PR
DACINSTS[1..10] PVHIALM.SV
DESC PVHIALM.TM
EUDESC PVHIALM.TP
HIALM.PR PVHISIGCHG.CT
HIALM.SV PVHISIGCHG.TP
HIALM.TYPE PVLLALM.DB
INALM PVLLALM.DBU
INSBLOCK[1..10] PVLLALM.FL
INSFAILFL PVLLALM.PR
INSFAIL.FL PVLLALM.SV
INSFAIL.PR PVLLALM.TM
INSFAIL.SV PVLLALM.TP
LASTGOODPV PVLOALM.DB
LOCUTOFF PVLOALM.DBU
NAME PVLOALM.FL
ORDERINCM PVLOALM.PR
NUMINSERT PVLOALM.SV
P1 PVLOALM.TM
P1CLAMPOPT PVLOALM.TP
P1EU PVLOSIGCHG.CT
P1FILTINIT PVLOSIGCHG.TP
P1FILTTIME PVP
P1STS PVSOURCE
PV PVSRCOPT
PVAUTO PVSTS
PVAUTOSTS PVSTSFL.BAD
PVCHAR PVSTSFL.MAN
PVEUHI PVSTSFL.NORM
PVEULO PVSTSFL.UNCER
PVEXHIFL PVVALSTS
PVEXHILM ROCNEGALM.FL
PVEXLOFL ROCNEGALM.PR
PVEXLOLM ROCNEGALM.SV
PVFORMAT ROCNEGALM.TP
PVHHALM.DB ROCPOSALM.FL
PVHHALM.DBU ROCPOSALM.PR
PVHHALM.FL ROCPOSALM.SV
PVHHALM.PR ROCPOSALM.TP
PVHHALM.SV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the DATAACQ Block.

100 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
IO Channel Blocks

IO Channel Blocks
AICHANNEL

Description Provides standard analog interface to control function blocks.

Function 1. Brings PV data from an associated IOM block.

2. Assigns BAD status to PV parameter when appropriate.

Inputs Floating point value in engineering units.

Outputs Floating point value in engineering units.

Parameters BADCAL IOMCONN

BADCODE OHMOFFSET
CALBIAS ORDERINCM
CJOFFSET OVERRANGE
DEBUG PV
FETCHMODE PVRAW
FREEZETIME PVSTS
IOCTYPE PVVALSTS
UNDERRANGE

Associated Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

Block corresponding IOM block that interfaces with the physical AI hardware
module at execution runtime.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

AOCHANNEL

Description Provides a standard analog output signal for operating final control
elements.

Function • Brings OP data from connected blocks and conveys OP data to

be stored in an associated IOM block.

• Sets INITVAL parameter to appropriate value based on echo

data.

• Assigns safe value if STS parameter is BAD or UNCERTAIN.

• Sets INITREQ to TRUE value if AOC or IOM block is inactive or

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 101

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

a communications error occurs.

Inputs Only one control block can interface to this block.

Outputs Floating point value in engineering units.

Parameters BACKCALCOUT INITVAL

BADCAL IOCSTATE
BADCODE IOCTYPE
CALBIASCOMMFAILFL IOMCONN
DEBUG OP
FETCHMODE OPFINAL
FREEZETIME OPSOURCE
INITREQ ORDERINCM

Associated Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

Block corresponding IOM block that interfaces with physical AO hardware
module at execution runtime.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

DICHANNEL

Description Provides a standard digital interface to control blocks.

Function • Brings PV data from an associated IOM block.

• Assigns Bad status to PV parameter when appropriate

Inputs Digital (PV) signals received from the field.

Outputs PV status value that can be used by other data points in system.

Parameters BADCODE IOCTYPE

BADPV IOMCONN
COS NOFIELDPWR
DEBUG ORDERINCM
FETCHMODE PVFL
FREEZETIME PVSTS
HWFAULT PVVAL
INBADOPT PVVALSTS
IOCSTATE WIREOFF

Associated Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

Block corresponding IOM block that interfaces with physical Digital Input
hardware module at execution runtime.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

102 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
IO Channel Blocks

definitions of each parameter.

DOCHANNEL

Description Generates status output [0 or 1), pulsed output (ON or OFF) for
specified pulse time based on origin of input and parameters.

Function • Brings SO or PO from connected blocks and stores value in an

associated IOM block.

• Sets INITVAL parameter to appropriate value based on echo

data.

• Stops SO if INTREQ is TRUE

• Sets INITREQ to TRUE value if DOC or IOM block is inactive or

a communications error occurs.

• You can configure PO to be Direct or Reverse by connecting

ONPULSE or OFFPULSE pin.

Inputs Only one control block can interface to this block.

Outputs Digital (Boolean) value or pulsed (real) value.

Parameters BACKCALCOUT IOCSTATE

BADCODECOMMFAILFL IOCTYPE
DEBUG IOMCONN
DOMSO NOFIELDPWR
DOTYPE NOLOAD
FETCHMODE OFFPULSE
FREEZETIME ONPULSE
INITREQ ORDERINCM
INITVAL SHORT
LASTSERIAL SO
SOSOURCE
VERIFYLOST

Associated Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

Block corresponding IOM block that interfaces with physical DO hardware
module at execution runtime.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 103

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

PWMCHANNEL

Description Provides a pulse width modulated output signal for operating final
control elements in combination with a DO Module.

Function • Brings OP data from connected block and stores data in an

associated IOM block.

• Sends out a pulse based on the configured pulse width period

(PWMPERIOD) with its duty cycle determined by the OP data.

• Sets INITVAL parameter to appropriate value based on echo

data.

• Assigns safe value if status parameter is BAD or UNCERTAIN.

• Sets INITREQ to TRUE (ON) value if CM containing PWMC

block or IOM block is inactive or a communications error occurs.
If communication fails, the pulse function terminates. So, be sure
you select the proper SHED VALUE for the DOM channel to
reflect the desired inactive digital state.

Inputs OP value from another block. Typically, output in 0 to 100% from a

PID block, which indicates the proportion of time period that the
output will be turned on.

Outputs Pulsed (real) value

Parameters BACKCALCOUT IOMCONN

BADCODE INITREQ
DEBUG INITVAL
FETCHMODE OP
FREEZETIME OPSOURCE
IOCSTATE ORDERINCM
IOCTYPE PWMPERIOD

Associated Block Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

corresponding IOM block that interfaces with physical DO hardware
module at execution runtime.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

104 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
IO Channel Blocks

SIFLAGARRCH

Description Provides a read/write interface to a Boolean array of data from a

serial device.

Function • Reads data from the connected block and writes data to the
associated field device. Or, reads data from the associated field
device and makes it available to the connected block.

• Supports up to 512 Boolean values(PVFL[1..512] from the

device.

• Provides access to the array of data by other blocks – one

element at a time.

• Sets an overall error flag (ERRFL) ON when the array data is

invalid and generates a detailed error code (ERRORCODE).

• Provides bad PV flag (BADPVFL) and initialization request flag

(INITREQ) parameters to mirror the status of the ERRFL
parameter – data is valid or invalid.

Inputs Boolean value from device or another block

Outputs Boolean value

Parameters AUXDATA[0..7] IOCNUMBER

BADCODE IOCSTATE
BADPVFL IOCTYPE
DEBUG IOMCONN
DEVADDR NFLAG
ERRCODE ORDERINCM
ERRFL PVFL[1..512]
FETCHMODE STARTINDEX
FREEZETIME UPDATOPT
INITREQ WRITEOPT

Associated Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

Block corresponding SIM block that interfaces with physical FTA A and FTA
B hardware at execution runtime. Use channels 0-15 for FTA A and
channels 16-31 for FTA B. For optimum performance, assign
channels to SIM block for given FTA contiguously. For example, if
you have four SIFLAGARRCH blocks to use with the FTA A, assign
them to SIM block channels 0, 1, 2, and 3 rather than 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 105

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

SINUMARRCH

Description Provides a read/write interface to a Numeric array of data from a

serial device.

Function • Reads data from the connected block and writes data to the
associated field device. Or, reads data from the associated field
device and makes it available to the connected block.

• Provides Numeric values of the type 64-bit floating point, but

data from the device can be of type 32-/64-bit floating point
(Real: 4-byte), 32-bit integer (Integer: 2-byte), or Boolean (Byte:
1-byte).

• Supports up to 64 Numeric values (PV [1..64] from the device.

Since the maximum size of the interface to the device is 64
bytes, the number of Numerics (NNUMERIC) per data type is 0
to 16 for Real, 0 to 32 for Integer, or 0 to 64 for Byte type register
in the device.

• Provides access to the array of data by other blocks – one

element at a time.

• Sets an overall error flag (ERRFL) ON when the array data is

invalid and generates a detailed error code (ERRORCODE).

• Provides bad PV flag (BADPVFL) and initialization request flag

(INITREQ) parameters to mirror the status of the ERRFL
parameter – data is valid or invalid.

Inputs Up to 64 bytes of Real, Integer, or Byte type data from the device.
(Block always provides Numeric values of 64-bit floating point type.)

Outputs See above.

Parameters AUXDATA[0..7] IOCNUMBER

BADCODE IOCSTATE
BADPVFL IOCTYPE
DEBUG IOMCONN
DEVADDR NNUMERIC
ERRCODE ORDERINCM
ERRFL PV[1..64]
FETCHMODE PVSTS[1..64]
FREEZETIME STARTINDEX
INITREQ UPDATOPT
WRITEOPT

Associated Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

Block corresponding SIM block that interfaces with physical FTA A and FTA

106 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
IO Channel Blocks

B hardware at execution runtime. Use channels 0-15 for FTA A and

channels 16-31 for FTA B. For optimum performance, assign
channels to SIM block for given FTA contiguously. For example, if
you have four SINUMARRCH blocks to use with the FTA A, assign
them to SIM block channels 0, 1, 2, and 3 rather than 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

SITEXTARRCH

Description Provides a read/write interface to a Text (or String) array of data from
a serial device.

Function • Reads data from the connected block and writes data to the
associated field device. Or, reads data from the associated field
device and makes it available to the connected block.

• Supports up to 8 Text values (STR[1..8]) from the device. Since

the maximum size of the interface to the device is 64 bytes, the
valid range of values depends on the combination of number of
string values (NSTRING) and length of string values (STRLEN)
as follows.

− If NSTRING is 1 and STRLEN is 64, valid STR[1..8] range is 1.

− If NSTRING is 2 and STRLEN is 32, valid STR[1..8] range is 1

to 2.

− If NSTRING is 4 and STRLEN is 16, valid STR[1..8] range is 1

to 4.

− If NSTRING is 8 and STRLEN is 8, valid STR[1..8] range is 1 to

8.

• Provides access to the array of data by other blocks – one

element at a time.

• Sets an overall error flag (ERRFL) ON when the array data is

invalid and generates a detailed error code (ERRORCODE).

• Provides bad PV flag (BADPVFL) and initialization request flag

(INITREQ) parameters to mirror the status of the ERRFL
parameter – data is valid or invalid.

Inputs Up to 8 string values depending on whether the length of the string is

8, 16, 32, or 64 characters.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 107

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Outputs See above.

Parameters AUXDATA[0..7] IOCNUMBER

BADCODE IOCSTATE
BADPVFL IOCTYPE
DEBUG IOMCONN
DEVADDR NSTRING
ERRCODE ORDERINCM
ERRFL STARTINDEX
FETCHMODE STR[1..8]
FREEZETIME STRLEN
INITREQ UPDATOPT
WRITEOPT

Associated Block Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

corresponding SIM block that interfaces with physical FTA A and FTA
B hardware at execution runtime. Use channels 0-15 for FTA A and
channels 16-31 for FTA B. For optimum performance, assign
channels to SIM block for given FTA contiguously. For example, if
you have four SITEXTARRCH blocks to use with the FTA A, assign
them to SIM block channels 0, 1, 2, and 3 rather than 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Exchange Blocks (ControlNet Interoperability)

REQFLAGARRAY (Request Flag Array) block

Description Provides storage for up to 512 Boolean output flags. The value can
be accessed as a simple Boolean (Off or On) using the PVFL[n] or
PVVALSTS[n] parameters. Where “n” is the number of the flag.

Function Used to define two separate states (Off/On) to indicate status of a

particular input.

Number of flag values (NFLAG) is user configurable.

Current state of flags can be changed/read using flag value (PVFL[n]

or PVVALSTS[n]) (Boolean).

Inputs/Outputs Boolean output flags (PVFL[0..511])

Boolean output flags (PVVALSTS[0..511])

Parameters COMMAND ERRINFO

DHCHANNEL FILENUM

108 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Exchange Blocks (ControlNet Interoperability)

DHDESTLINK LASTRESPTM
DHFL NFLAG
DHNODE ORDERINCM
DHSRCLINK PATH
DONEFL PVFL[0..511]
ERRCODE PVVALSTS[0..511]
ERRFL READYFL
SENDFL

Associated REQNUMARRAY (Request Number Array) block and

Block REQTEXTARRAY (Request Text Array) block.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the REQFLAGARRAY Block.

REQNUMARRAY (Request Number Array) block

Description Provides storage for up to 64 integers or floating point values that are
accessible through the corresponding PV configuration parameter
(PV[n]). Where “n” is the number of the numeric.

Function Use outputs (PV[0..63]) as source parameters to provide predefined

analog constants to other function blocks. A bad numeric output
parameter typically has the value NaN (Not-a-Number).

Number of Numeric Values (NNUMERIC) is user configurable.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 64 outputs (PV[0..63]), depending on the number of numeric

values (NNUMERIC) configured

Parameters COMMAND LASTRESPTM

DHCHANNEL NNUMERIC
DHDESTLINK ORDERINCM
DHFL PATH
DHNODE PV[0..63]
DHSRCLINK PVSTS[0..63]
DONEFL PVVALSTS[0..63]
ERRCODE READYFL
ERRFL SENDFL
ERRINFO TGTDATATYPE
FILENUM

Associated REQFLAGARRAY (Request Flag Array) block and REQTEXTARRAY

Block (Request Text Array) block

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 109

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the REQNUMARRAY Block.

REQTEXTARRAY (Request Text Array) block

Description Provides storage for up to 64 ASCII characters that are accessible

through the corresponding string configuration parameter (STR[n]).
Where “n” is the number of the text string.

Function • Provides predefined text (STR[0..7]) strings to other blocks.

• Number of string values (NSTRING) is user configurable.

• The length of the text strings (STRLEN) is user configurable to

64 characters

• Supports a maximum size of 64 two-byte characters.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 8 output strings (STR[0..7]), depending on the number of string

(NSTRING) and length of string (STRLEN) values configured.

Parameters COMMAND ERRINFO

DHCHANNEL FILENUM
DHDESTLINK LASTRESPTM
DHFL NSTRING
DHNODE ORDERINCM
DHSRCLINK PATH
DONEFL READYFL
ERRCODE SENDFL
ERRFL STR[0..7]
STRLEN

Associated REQNUMARRAY (Request Number Array) block and

Block REQFLAGARRAY (Request Flag Array) block.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the REQTEXTARRAY Block.

110 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Exchange Blocks (ControlNet Interoperability)

RSPFLAGARRAY (Response Flag Array) block

Description The Flag Array Block is used to read or write an array of up to 512
BOOLEAN values.

Function The Response Array function blocks can be used to respond to

requests from third-party devices using the PCCC or CIP protocols.
These function blocks will be loaded to and run in the CPM, and will
have the ability to have data values read and written by third-party
devices.

Inputs/Outputs The Response Array Blocks are configured with the address used by
the remote device to reference its data and the data size. The
configuration information cannot be modified at run-time. If changes
must be made to the configuration of a Response Array Block, these
changes must be made in the Project Database and the block must
be reloaded to the controller for the changes to take effect. These
blocks are not internally triggered, data reads and writes occur as a
result of external communications requests. They are also not
Alarming Blocks and so cannot generate Alarms by themselves. No
fragmentation or re-assembly is done either in the blocks themselves.

Parameters FILENUM PVFL[0..511]

NFLAG PVVALSTS[0..511]
ORDERINCM

Associated RSPNUMARRAY (Response Number Array) block and

Block RSPTEXTARRAY (Response Text Array) block.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RSPFLAGARRAY Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 111

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

RSPNUMARRAY (Response Number Array) block

Description The Numeric Array Block is used to read or write an array of up to 64

integer or single precision float values.

Function The Response Array function blocks can be used to respond to

requests from third-party devices using the PCCC or CIP protocols.
These function blocks will be loaded to and run in the CPM, and will
have the ability to have data values read and written by third-party
devices.

Inputs/Outputs The Response Array Blocks are configured with the address used by
the remote device to reference its data and the data size. The
configuration information cannot be modified at run-time. If changes
must be made to the configuration of a Response Array Block, these
changes must be made in the Project Database and the block must
be reloaded to the controller for the changes to take effect. These
blocks are not internally triggered, data reads and writes occur as a
result of external communications requests. They are also not
Alarming Blocks and so cannot generate Alarms by themselves. No
fragmentation or re-assembly is done either in the blocks themselves.

Parameters CIPNAME ORDERINCM

DATATYPE PV[0..63]
FILENUM PVSTS[0..63]
NNUMERIC PVVALSTS[0..63]

Associated RSPFLAGARRAY (Response Flag Array) block and

Block RSPTEXTARRAY (Response Text Array) block.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RSPNUMARRAY Block.

112 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Exchange Blocks (ControlNet Interoperability)

RSPTEXTARRAY (Response Text Array) block

Description The Text Array Block is used to read or write an array of up to 64

ASCII characters.

Function The Response Array function blocks can be used to respond to

requests from third-party devices using the PCCC or CIP protocols.
These function blocks will be loaded to and run in the CPM, and will
have the ability to have data values read and written by third-party
devices.

Inputs/Outputs The Response Array Blocks are configured with the address used by
the remote device to reference its data and the data size. The
configuration information cannot be modified at run-time. If changes
must be made to the configuration of a Response Array Block, these
changes must be made in the Project Database and the block must
be reloaded to the controller for the changes to take effect. These
blocks are not internally triggered, data reads and writes occur as a
result of external communications requests. They are also not
Alarming Blocks and so cannot generate Alarms by themselves. No
fragmentation or re-assembly is done either in the blocks themselves.

Parameters FILENUM STR[0..7]

NSTRING STRLEN
ORDERINCM

Associated RSPFLAGARRAY (Response Flag Array) block and

Block RSPNUMARRAY (Response Number Array) block.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RSPTEXTARRAY Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 113

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

HART DEVICE Block

HART DEVICE (Generic HART Device)

Description Identifies the physical HART Device for the CPM to provide links to
associated IOM.

Function Defines type of HART field device, execution state, and

communications path for data.

Provides link to IOC through IO manager software resident in the

CPM.

Executes once every cycle.

Includes IOC assignment to one point, as part of IOM configuration.

Inputs Real-time data transmission to or from configured IOC.

Outputs Real-time data transmission to or from physical device.

Parameters ASSOCIOMLOC HARTDEVSTATUS

ASSOCPROCDEF HARTFLAGS
BINITIALIZE HARTREVNO
BLKASSOCSTATUS HWREVNO
DATE IOMBLOCK
DATEFORMAT IOMCHANNEL
DESCRIPTOR MANUFACTURER
DEVICEIDNO MESSAGE
DEVICELOC MODE
DEVICETYPE NOREQUESTPREAMBLES
DEVREVNO PVRANGELOW
DEVSPCBIT[0..135] PVRANGEHIGH
DIGFV PVRANGEUNITS
DIGFVDESC SLOT0DESC
DIGFVUNITS SLOT0UNITS
DIGPV SLOT0VALUE
DIGPVDESC SLOT1DESC
DIGPVUNITS SLOT1UNITS
DIGSV SLOT1VALUE
DIGSVDESC SLOT2DESC
DIGSVUNITS SLOT2UNITS
DIGTV SLOT2VALUE
DIGTVDESC SLOT3DESC
DIGTVUNITS SLOT3UNITS
FINALASSNO SLOT3VALUE
HARTCOMMCHNFAIL SWREVNO

114 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Pulse Input Channel/Module Blocks

HARTCOMMERRCOUNT TAG

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Pulse Input Channel/Module Blocks

Pulse Input Channel with Fast Cutoff

Description Standard Interface to channels 6-7 of the Pulse Input IOM.

Function The three main functions of channels 6-7 are:

• Pulse Count (PULSECOUNT) – both raw count and Engineering

Unit converted values.

• Frequency value (PV) in Engineering Units

• Digital Output (fast cutoff)

Inputs If the Pulse Input Channel with Fast Cutoff is running it fetches
AVRAW, AV, PV, TV and SO from its associated Pulse Input Module.
If the associated IOM does not exist in the CPM, fail-safe values are
set.

Outputs After Input Processing, the Pulse Input Channel with Fast Cutoff will
send commands to the IOM function block.

If multiple commands are sent to the device, the execution order in

the Pulse Input firmware will be:

1. Reset Counter

2. Write Output Value

3. Write Target Value

Parameters AV IOCTYPE
AVRAW IOMCONN
AVRAWSTS ORDERINCM
AVSTS PULSEMODE
BADCODE PV
BADSO PVSTS
C1 PVVALSTS
C2 RESETFL
C3 SAFEOUTPUT
DEBUG SO

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 115

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

EDGEDETECT SOCMDOFF
FETCHMODE SOCMDON
FREEZETIME TIMEBASE
FREQPERIOD TV
IOCNUMBER TVPROC
VOLTAGE

Associated Pulse Input Module Block TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081, Pulse Input

Block Channel, and Pulse Input Totalizer.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Pulse Input Channel

Description Standard interface to channels 0-5 of the Pulse Input IOM function
block.

Function The three main functions of channels 0-5 are:

• Pulse count – both raw count and Engineering Unit converted

values

• Frequency value in Engineering Units

• Pulse Length measurement in Engineering Units

Inputs If the PIC function block is running, it fetches AVRAW, AV, PV, PL
and CHANSTS from its associated PIM function blocks. If the
associated IOM does not exist in the CPM; fail-safe values are used.

Outputs If RESETFL is set, the PIC function block will pass this command to
the associated PIM function block.

RESETFL will then be reset regardless of whether the associated

IOM exists.

Parameters AV FREQPERIOD
AVRAW IOCTYPE
AVRAWSTS IOMCONN
AVSTS ORDERINCM
BADCODE PL
C1 PLSTS
C2 PULSEMODE
C3 PV
DEBUG PVSTS
EDGEDETECT RESETFL
FETCHMODE TIMEBASE
FREEZETIME VOLTAGE

116 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Pulse Input Channel/Module Blocks

Associated Pulse Input Module Block TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081, Pulse Input

Block Channel with Fast Cutoff, and Pulse Input Totalizer.

Prior to loading, block must be “associated” with 1 channel of

corresponding PIM block that interfaces with the physical pulse input
hardware module at execution runtime.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Pulse Input Totalizer

Description Periodically adds an input value (P1) to an accumulator value (PV).

Sets status flags to indicate when accumulator value is “near”,
“nearer”, “nearest” to the user-specified target value.

Function Typically used to accumulate flows. For situations where flow

transmitter may not be precisely calibrated near zero-flow value, a
zero flow cutoff feature is provided such that when P1 is below the
cutoff value it clamps to 0 (zero).

Inputs One input (P1) is required:

P1 is the value to be accumulated – input value must be an integer

value.

P1 must be fetched from another function block.

Outputs The following outputs are produced:

Accumulated value (PV) and its status (PVSTS), as well as a Boolean

flag, PVSTSFL.BAD to indicate to other function blocks that this
block’s PV status is bad.

Flags, indicating if accumulated value has reached user-specified

target value or one of the accumulator deviation trip points (ACCTVFL
and ACCDEV.FL[1..4])

Equations Parameter PVEQN may be configured to specify how the block

should handle bad input and warm restarts. Specific handling
combinations for a given PVEQN selection are:

Parameters ACCDEV.FL[1..4] PV
ACCDEV.TP[1..4] PVEQN
ACCTV PVFORMAT
ACCTVFL PVSTS
C1 PVSTSFL.BAD
C2 PVSTSFL.MAN

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 117

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

CMDATTR PVSTSFL.NORM
COMMAND PVSTSFL.UNCER
CUTOFF.LM PVVALSTS
LASTGOOD RESETFL
OLDAV RESETVAL
ORDERINCM STARTFL
P1 STATE
P1STS STOPFL

Associated Pulse Input Module Block TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081, Pulse Input

Block Channel, and Pulse Input Channel with Fast Cutoff.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Pulse Input Module Block TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081

Description Defines the name/location and channel specifics for all Pulse Input
Modules in the Control Processor.

Function Supports the configuration of the TC-MDP081/TK-MDP081 Pulse

Input module and acts as the interface between Pulse Input Channel
blocks and controller’s IO Manager.

Inputs Every execution cycle the Pulse Input Module block gets the current
assembly sent from the Pulse Input device using IO Manager
services.

Outputs Every 50 ms, the Pulse Input Module block sends assembly data to
the Pulse Input device using IO Manager services.

Parameters ALMENBSTATE NUMDISCONN

ASACONNSTS NUMSHUTDOWN
ASAERRCODE ORDERINCEE
ASAERRINFO ORDERINCM
AV[0..7] PERIOD
AVRAW[0..7] PHASE
BADSO[6..7] PL[0..5]
C1[0..7] PRODTYPE
C2[0..7] PULSEMODE[0..5]
C3[0..5] PV[0..7]
CATNUMBER RESETFL[0..7]
CEESTATE SAFEOUTPUT[6..7]
DESC SCANASSOCDSP
DLCNBSLOT SCANCTRLLVL
EDGEDETECT[0..7] SCANEUHI
ESTWEIGHT SCANEULO
EXECSTATE SCANGRPDTL

118 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

EUDESC SCANPNTDTL
FREQPERIOD[0..7] SO[6..7]
INALM TIMEBASE[0..7]
IOCTYPE TV[6..7]
IOMSLOT TVPROC[6..7]
IOMTYPE TVRAW[6..7]
KEYWORD ULCNBMAC
MAJORREV VENDOR
MINORREV VOLTAGE[0..7]
NUMCHANS
NUMCONN

Associated Pulse Input Totalizer, Pulse Input Channel, and Pulse Input Channel
Block with Fast Cutoff.

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Logic Blocks
AND block

Description Provides an up to 8-input AND algorithm, meaning that it performs

the Boolean operation of conjunction. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) has the capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the Boolean value output (OUT) ON only when all inputs
(IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) are ON. Therefore:

• If all inputs (IN[1..8]) are ON, then: OUT = ON.

• If any input (IN[x]) is OFF, then: OUT = OFF.

If input is inverted, then:

• Actual_IN[x] = NOT (IN[x])

• Else, Actual_IN[x] = IN[x]

Where x equals any valid input.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF OFF

OFF ON OFF

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 119

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ON OFF OFF

ON ON ON

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the AND Block.

CHECKBAD block

Description Provides bad input handling for desired input.

Function Checks if input (IN) value equals NaN.

• If IN = NaN

• Then, OUT = ON

• Else, OUT = OFF

Inputs IN = Real number

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the CHECKBAD Block.

CHECKBOOL block

Description Evaluates the input connections and passes these input values
through to its associated outputs based on specific configuration
settings.

120 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Function Determines the action to be taken in the event of an invalid input. If

the value of INSTS[1..8] is kBadValSts, the value passed through the
block, from IN[1..8] to OUT[1..8], will be modified based on the
configuration of the BADINACT[1..8] parameter.

Also, the Inactive Input Detection Threshold, ( INACTINDETTM[n])

parameter is used, in conjunction with BADINACT[n] as the amount of
time that must expire before the block determines if it should take the
configured Bad Input Action. During this detection time, the inputs
status must be continually INACTIVE in order for the action to be
taken. When the input is INACTIVE for less than this time, no action
is taken. If the input goes INACTIVE again, the time starts counting
over. This time is configured in seconds and has a range of 0-8000
seconds.

If BADINACT is configured as OFF

then OUT[1..8] is set equal to OFF

If BADINACT is configured as ON
then OUT[1..8] is set equal to ON

If BADINACT is configured as HoldLast

then OUT[1..8] is set equal to LASTIN[1..8]
Inputs IN = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN[1..8] BADINACT[1..8]

INACTINDETTM[1..8]</PJ> BADINDETTM[1..8]
INSTS[1..8] BADINACTMINTM[1..8]
INSRC[1..8] OUT[1..8]
LASTIN[1..8] OUTSTS[1..8]
LASTINSTS[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the CHECKBOOL Block.

DELAY block

Description Provides the ability to delay the output (OUT) response to the given
input (IN) by one sample time delay.

Function The OUT always follows the input (IN) action after one sample time

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 121

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

delay.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM

IN OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the DELAY Block.

EQ (Equal) block

Description Provides a 2-input Compare Equal (with deadband range) function,

meaning that it compares two inputs for equality within a specified
deadband range or, for single input, a designated trip point (TP)
parameter.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when the two inputs (IN[1] and
IN[2]) are considered equal within a specified deadband range or, for
single input, a designated trip point (TP) parameter..

Inputs IN[1..2] = real numbers

• If only 1 input connection is configured, an input port is

displayed for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead
of IN[2].

• If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT =

INBADOPT.

• DEADBAND1, DEADBAND2 and TP have the same data types

as the inputs.

• DEADBAND1 and DEADBAND2 must satisfy this constraint: 0

<= DEADBAND1 <= DEADBAND2

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that

defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND1 NUMOFINPUTS

DEADBAND2 ORDERINCM

122 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the EQ Block.

FTRIG (Falling-edge Trigger) block

Description Falling-edge Trigger Block -- sets the output (OUT) to ON following

the ON-to-OFF transition of the input and stays ON until the next
execution cycle, at which time it returns to OFF.

Function Provides falling edge change detection, thereby turning the output ON
if an ON-to-OFF transition is detected.

Input IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the FTRIG Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 123

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

GE (Greater than or Equal to) block

Description Provides a 2-input Compare Greater Than or Equal (with deadband)

function, meaning it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1]) is
greater than or equal to either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single
input, a designated trip point parameter.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is greater than or equal to a second input (IN[2]) or, for single
input, a designated trip point parameter (TP) as follows:

• If IN[1] >= IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

• If IN[1] < (IN[2] - DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

• If (IN[2] - DEADBAND) < IN[1] < IN[2], then output is not

changed.

Inputs IN[1..2] = Real numbers

• If only one input connection is configured, an input port is

displayed for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead
of IN[2].

• If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to

INBADOPT.

• DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the

inputs.

Output OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that

defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM

IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the GE Block.

124 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

GT (Greater Than) block

Description Provides a 1- or 2-input Compare Greater Than (with deadband)

function, meaning that it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1])
is greater than either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is greater than a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP) as follows:

• If IN[1] > IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

• If IN[1] <= (IN[2] - DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

• If (IN[2] - DEADBAND) < IN[1] <= IN[2], then: OUT is not

changed.

Input IN[1..2] = Real numbers

• If only one input connection is configured, an input port is

displayed for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead
of IN[2].

• If IN[1] and/or IN[2]are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to

INBADOPT.

• DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the

inputs.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that

defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM

IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the GT Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 125

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

LE (Less than or Equal to) block

Description Provides a 2-input Compare Less Than or Equal (with deadband)

function, meaning it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1]) is
less than or equal to either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input,
a designated trip point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is less than or equal to a second input (IN[2]) or, for single
input, a designated trip point parameter (TP) as follows:

• If IN[1] <= IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

• If IN[1] > (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

• If IN[2] < IN[1] <= (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: output is not

changed.

Inputs IN[1..2] = Real numbers

• If only one input connection is configured, an input port is

displayed for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead
of IN[2].

• If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to

INBADOPT.

• DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the

inputs.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that

defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM

IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the LE Block

126 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

LIMIT block

Description Provides a 3-input limit function, meaning that it provides an output

that is maintained within a specified range as defined by user-
specified minimum and maximum values.

Function Provides an output that is maintained within a specified range as

follows:

• MIN <= OUT <= MAX

• If IN = NaN, then, OUT = NaN

Inputs IN = real number

Output OUT = real number maintained within a specified range

Parameters IN MIN
MAX ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the LIMIT Block..

LT (Less Than) block

Description Provides a 1- or 2-input Compare Less Than (with deadband)

function, meaning that it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1])
is less than either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when one designated input
(IN[1]) is less than a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP) as follows:

• If IN[1] < IN[2], then: OUT = ON.

• If IN[1] >= (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: OUT = OFF.

• If IN[2] <= IN[1] < (IN[2] + DEADBAND), then: OUT is not

changed.

Inputs IN[1..2] = Real numbers

• If only one input connection is configured, an input port is

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 127
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

displayed for parameter TP and the value of TP is used instead

of IN[2].

• If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to

INBADOPT.

• DEADBAND and TP have the same data type as that of the

inputs.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that

defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Parameters DEADBAND ORDERINCM

IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP
NUMOFINPUTS

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the LT Block.

MAX block

Description Provides an 8-input MAX function, meaning that it provides an output

that is the maximum value of eight inputs.

Function Used to isolate the highest value of multiple input values and use it as
a designated output value. This block ignores NaN inputs.

Inputs IN[1..8] = Real numbers

Output OUT = Real number

Parameters EUDESC NUMOFINPUTS

HIALM ORDERINCM
IN[1..8] OUT
INPTINVSTS[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MAX Block.

128 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

MAXPULSE block

Description Provides a maximum time limit pulse output (OUT) each time the
input (IN) transitions from OFF to ON. You specify the maximum
output pulse width (PULSEWIDTH) in seconds through configuration.

Function Used to limit the output (OUT) pulse to a maximum width.

• If the input (IN) pulse time is less than or equal to the specified
PULSEWIDTH time, IN is assumed to equal one output (OUT)
pulse.

• If the IN pulse time is greater than the specified PULSEWIDTH

time, OUT pulse terminates at end of specified PULSEWIDTH
time.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN OUT
ORDERINCM PULSEWIDTH

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MAXPULSE Block.

MIN block

Description Provides an 8-input MIN function, meaning that it provides an output

that is the minimum value of eight inputs.

Function Used to isolate the lowest value of multiple input values and use it as
a designated output value. This block ignores NaN inputs.

Inputs IN[..8] = Real numbers

Output OUT = Real number

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

NUMOFINPUTS OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 129

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

on the MIN Block.

MINPULSE block

Description Provides a minimum time limit pulse output (OUT) each time the input
(IN) transitions from OFF to ON. You specify the minimum output
pulse width (PULSEWIDTH) in seconds through configuration.

Function Used to define the minimum output (OUT) pulse width.

• If the input (IN) pulse time is less than or equal to the specified
PULSEWIDTH time, output (OUT) pulse width equals the
specified PULSEWIDTH time.

• If the IN pulse time is greater than the specified PULSEWIDTH

time, OUT pulse width tracks IN pulse time, so OUT pulse
exceeds specified PULSEWIDTH time.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN OUT
ORDERINCM PULSEWIDTH

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MINPULSE Block.

MUX (Multiplexer) block

Description Provides an up to 8-input Extensible Multiplexer algorithm, meaning

that it selects 1 of “n” inputs depending on a separate input K.

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) to a particular input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) depending on the value of a separate input K. Input K is
clamped at 0 and 7.

Truth Table K OUT

0 IN1

1 IN2

n-1 INn

130 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

K = 8-bit unsigned integer.

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

K OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MUX Block.

MUXREAL (Real Multiplexer) block

Description Provides an up to 8-input real Multiplexer algorithm, meaning that it

selects 1 of “n” inputs depending on a separate input K.

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) to a particular input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) depending on the value of a separate input K. Input K is
clamped at 0 and 7.

Truth Table K OUT

0 IN1

1 IN2

n-1 INn

Inputs IN[..8] = Real numbers

K = 8-bit unsigned integer.

Outputs OUT = real number

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

K OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MUXREAL Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 131

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

MVOTE (Majority Voting) block

Description Provides an output (MAJ) value that equals the value of the majority
of the inputs (IN[1..8]) and sets another output (DISCREP) to ON if
not all inputs agree for a specified time (DELAY). You specify the time
(DELAYTIME) in seconds through configuration. You must also
specify the number of inputs (NUMOFINPUTS) through configuration.

Function Sets the MAJ output equal to the value of the majority of the inputs
(IN[1..8]).

Sets the DISCREP output to ON, if not all inputs agree during the
specified time (DELAY). DELAY is a unit integer with time unit in
seconds.

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value.

Outputs MAJ, DISCREP =Boolean value

Parameters DELAYTIME MAJ

DISCREP NUMOFINPUTS
IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MVOTE Block.

NAND block

Description Provides an up to 8-input NAND algorithm, meaning that it performs

an inverted AND function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) OFF only when all inputs (IN[1], IN[2],
..., IN[8]) are ON; therefore:

• If all inputs are ON, then: OUT = OFF.

• If any input is OFF, then: OUT = ON.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF ON

OFF ON ON

132 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

ON OFF ON

ON ON OFF

Inputs IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8] = digital signals

Output OUT = digital signal controlled by status of the input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the NAND Block.

NE (Not Equal) block

Description Provides a 2-input Compare Not Equal (with deadband range)

function, meaning that it checks to see if one designated input (IN[1])
is not equal to either a second input (IN[2]) or, for single input, a
designated trip point parameter (TP).

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON only when the two inputs (IN[1] and
IN[2]) are not considered equal within a specified deadband range.

• If ABS (IN[1] -IN[2]) <= DEADBAND1, then: OUT = OFF.

• Else, if ABS (IN[1] -IN[2]) > DEADBAND2, then: OUT = ON.

• If IN[1] and/or IN[2] are NaN (Not a Number), OUT is set to

INBADOPT.

• DEADBAND1 and DEADBAND2 must satisfy the following

constraint: 0<= DEADBAND1 <= DEADBAND2.

• DEADBAND1, DEADBAND2, and TP = real numbers.

Inputs IN[1] and IN[2] = real numbers

• If there is only one input, then IN[2] = TP.

Output OUT = Boolean value.

Comparison blocks set their outputs to a configurable INBADOPT that

defines the output fail-safe value when any input is NaN. This is
required, since it is not specified whether the comparison is ordered
or unordered.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 133

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Parameters DEADBAND1 NUMOFINPUTS

DEADBAND2 ORDERINCM
IN[0..2] OUT
INBADOPT TP

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the NE Block.

nOON (n out of N voting) block

Description n-out-of-N voting block; outputs are computed as follows:

• VOTED output is set to ON if at least n inputs are ON, otherwise

it is set to OFF.

• ORED output is set to ON if any input is ON, otherwise it is set

to OFF.

• ALARM output is a pulse output -- every time an input turns ON,

a fixed pulse (of the pulsewidth specified by PULSEWIDTH
parameter) is generated, provided the total number of inputs
which are ON is less than n.

Function Provides VOTED, ORED and ALARM outputs in support of logical

functions.

Inputs IN[1..20] = Boolean value

n = 8-bit unsigned integer (range = 1-5)

• There can be a maximum of 20 inputs (N = 20)

Outputs • VOTED, ORED = Boolean state (ON or OFF) as determined by

the inputs.

• ALARM = pulse output, width specified by parameter

PULSEWIDTH. PULSEWIDTH is a unit integer with time unit in
seconds

Parameters ALARM ORDERINCM

IN[1..20] ORED
N PULSEWIDTH
VOTED

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

134 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the nOON Block.

NOR block

Description Provides an up to 8-input NOR algorithm, meaning that it performs an

inverted OR function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) OFF if any one input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,
IN[8]) is ON; therefore:

• If all inputs are OFF, then: OUT = ON.

• If any one input is ON, then: OUT = OFF.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF ON

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF

ON ON OFF

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean values

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by status of input signals

Parameters INPTINVSTS[1..8] ORDERINCM

OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the NOR Block.

NOT block

Description Provides a NOT algorithm, meaning it performs an inversion function.

Function Reverses the state of a digital input (IN) such that the output (OUT) is
the complement of the single input; therefore:

• OUT = opposite of IN

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 135

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

− If IN = ON, then: OUT = OFF.

− If IN = OFF, then OUT = ON.

Truth Table IN OUT

OFF ON

ON OFF

Input IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = complement of input signal (Boolean)

Parameters EUDESC ORDERINCM

HIALM OUT
IN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the NOT Block.

OFFDELAY block

Description When the input state changes from ON to OFF, an internal timer
starts counting down the delay specified by DLYTIME. When it times
out, the input is monitored again, and if it is still OFF, the output is set
OFF, When the input state transitions too ON, the output is set to ON
immediately and the timer is shut off.

Function Used to delay the input by a specified delay time after an ON/OFF
device transitions from the ON state to the OFF state.

• Delay time in seconds is specified by the DELAYTIME

parameter.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

• No delay is provided when the input goes from the OFF state
back to the ON state.

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

When the input transitions from the OFF state to the ON state, the
output is set to ON immediately.

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM

IN OUT

136 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the OFFDELAY Block.

ONDELAY block

Description When the input state changes from OFF to ON, an internal timer
starts counting down the delay specified by DLYTIME. When it times
out, the input is monitored again, and if it is still ON, the output is set
ON, When the input state transitions to OFF, the output is set to OFF
immediately and the timer is shut off.

Function Used to delay the input by a specified delay time after an ON/OFF
device transitions from the OFF state to the ON state.

• Delay time in seconds is specified by the DELAYTIME

parameter.

Input IN = Boolean value

• No delay is provided when the input goes from the ON state

back to the OFF state.

Output OUT = Boolean value

• When the input transitions from the ON state to the OFF state,
the output is set to OFF immediately.

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM

IN OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the ONDELAY Block.

OR block

Description Provides an up to 8-input OR algorithm, meaning that it performs the

inclusive OR Boolean function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has
the capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the digital output (OUT) ON if any one input (IN[1], IN[2], ...,

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 137

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

IN[8]) is ON; therefore:

• If all inputs are OFF, then: OUT = OFF.

• If any one input is ON, then: OUT = ON.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF OFF

ON OFF ON

OFF ON ON

ON ON ON

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the OR Block.

PULSE block

Description Provides a fixed pulse output (OUT) each time the input (IN)
transitions from OFF to ON. You specify the fixed output pulse width
(PULSEWIDTH) in seconds through configuration.

Function Used to define the fixed output (OUT) pulse width.

• If the input (IN) pulse time is less than or equal to the fixed
PULSEWIDTH time, output (OUT) pulse width equals the fixed
PULSEWIDTH time.

• If the IN pulse time is greater than the fixed PULSEWIDTH time,

OUT pulse width is restricted to the fixed PULSEWIDTH time.
Another output pulse cannot be generated until the preceding
pulse has completed.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

138 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Parameters IN OUT
ORDERINCM PULSEWIDTH

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PULSE Block.

QOR (Qualified OR) block

Description Qualified-OR provides an (N + 1)-input generic qualified-OR function,

meaning that the output (OUT) is turned ON if a certain number (k) of
total inputs (IN[n]) is ON. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns the output (OUT) ON if a specified number (K) of total inputs is
ON.

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] IN[3] IN[4] IN[5] K OUT

ON ON OFF ON OFF 3 ON

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

K = 1 to 8 (Integer)

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by status of input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] K
INPTINVSTS[1..8] ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the QOR Block.

ROL (Rotate Output Left) block

Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is rotated to the left by the
number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN). You
specify the number of bits through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by rotating the bits in the

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 139

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

input (IN) left by the number of bits (N) specified.

• OUT = IN left rotated by N bits, circular.

• If IN is NaN, then, OUT = NaN.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the ROL Block.

ROR (Rotate Output Right) block

Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is rotated to the right by
the number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN). You
specify the number of bits through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by rotating the bits in the
input (IN) right by the number of bits (N) specified.

• OUT = IN right rotated by N bits, circular.

• If IN is NaN, then, OUT = NaN.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the ROR Block.

RS (Reset dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block

Description Provides a bistable Reset Dominant flip-flop as defined in the IEC DIS

140 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

1131-3 standard.

Function Specifies the output (Q) of the flip-flop as a function of the input S
(Set), the input R (Reset), and the last state of Q.

Truth Table S R Q

0 (OFF) 0 (OFF) No Change

0 (OFF) 1 (ON) 0 (OFF)

1 (ON) 0 (OFF) 1 (ON)

1 (ON) 1 (ON) 0 (OFF)

Inputs S and R = Boolean value

Output Q = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Parameters ORDERINCM R
Q S

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RS Block.

RTRIG (Rising edge Trigger) block

Description Rising-edge Trigger sets the output (OUT) to ON following the OFF-
to-ON transition of the input (IN) and stays at ON until the next
execution cycle, at which time it returns to OFF.

Function Provides rising edge change detection, thereby turning the output ON
if an OFF-to-ON transition is detected.

Input IN = Boolean value

Output OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RTRIG Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 141

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

SEL (Binary Selection) block

Description Provides a 3-input selector function, meaning it selects 1 of 2 inputs

(IN[1] or IN[2]) depending on the separate input G.

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) equal to the value of 1 of 2 inputs (IN[1]
or IN[2]), depending on the value of a separate input (G).

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] G OUT

IN[1] IN[2] OFF IN[1]

IN[1] IN[2] ON IN[2]

Inputs IN[1..2] =Boolean value

G = Boolean value

Output OUT =Boolean value depending on the values of IN[1] and IN[2].

Parameters G INPTINVSTS[1..2]
IN[0..2] ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the SEL Block.

SELREAL (Real Selection) block

Description Provides a 3-input selector function, meaning it selects 1 of 2 inputs

(IN[1] or IN[2]) depending on the separate input (G).

Function Sets the actual output (OUT) equal to the value of 1 of 2 inputs (IN[1]
or IN[2]), depending on the value of a separate input (G).

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] G OUT

IN[1] IN[2] OFF IN[1]

IN[1] IN[2] ON IN[2]

Inputs IN1 and IN2 = real numbers

G = Boolean value

Output OUT = Real number

142 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Parameters G ORDERINCM
IN[0..2] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the SELREAL Block.

SHL (Shift Output Left) block

Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is shifted to the left by
the number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN).
You specify the number of bits (N) through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by shifting the bits in the
input (IN) left by the number of bits (N) specified.

• OUT = IN left shifted by N bits, zero filled on right.

• If IN is NaN, then, OUT = NaN.

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the SHL Block.

SHR (Shift Output Right) block

Description Provides a 16-bit integer output (OUT) that is shifted to the right by
the number of bits (N) specified from the 16-bit integer input (IN).
You specify the number of bits through configuration.

Function Used to shift out bits in the output (OUT) by shifting the bits in the
input (IN) right by the number of bits (N) specified.

• OUT = IN right shifted by N bits, zero filled on left.

• If IN is NaN, then, OUT = NaN.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 143

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Inputs IN = 16-bit integer only

Output OUT = 16-bit integer

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
N OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the SHR Block.

SR (Set dominant SR-FLIP-FLOP) block

Description Provides a bistable Set Dominant flip-flop as defined in the IEC DIS
1131-3 standard.

Function Specifies the output (Q) of the flip-flop as a function of the input S
(set), the input R (Reset), and the last state of Q.

Truth Table S R Q

0 (OFF) 0 (OFF) No Change

0 (OFF) 1 (ON) 0 (OFF)

1 (ON) 0 (OFF) 1 (ON)

1 (ON) 1 (ON) 1 (ON)

Inputs S and R = Boolean values

Outputs Q = Boolean value controlled by the status of the input signals.

Parameters ORDERINCM Q
PVERSION R
S

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the SR Block.

144 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

STARTSIGNAL block

Description Supports handling of restarts within Control Modules (CM). Can be

used within any CM to provide better control over how the module
initializes in response to events such as Cold or Warm restart.

Function Supports an enumeration-valued summary parameter named

RESTART. The normal value for the RESTART parameter is NONE.
Following a transition, it shows a value other than NONE until the end
of the first block execution. The possible enumeration values for
RESTART are as follows:

NONE (0)
CEESWITCH (1)
CEEWARM (2)
CEECOLD (3)
CMACTIVE (4)
CMLOAD (5)

Inputs Boolean value

Outputs RESTART = Enumerated value

Parameters ANYRESTARTFL CMACTIVEFL

CEECOLDFL CMLOADFL
CEESWITCHFL ORDERINCM
CEEWARMFL RESTART

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the STARTSIGNAL Block.

TRIG (Rising or Falling edge Trigger) block

Description Sets the output (OUT) to ON following the OFF-to-ON or ON-to-OFF

transition of the input (IN) and stays at ON until the next execution
cycle, at which time it returns to OFF.

Function Provides edge change detection, thereby turning the output ON if an

OFF-to-ON or ON-to-OFF transition is detected. This block assumes
that the input is starting at its OFF stage the first time it is activated.

Inputs IN = Boolean value

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 145

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Outputs OUT = Boolean value

Parameters IN ORDERINCM
OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the TRIG Block.

WATCHDOG block

Description Monitors other system functions or remote devices and sets the
output (OUT) to ON if the monitored function or device fails.

Function Used to monitor other system functions or remote devices.

• Monitored function or device must set IN parameter to ON within

a specified time interval (DELAYTIME), otherwise it is assumed
to have failed and output (OUT) is set to ON. The DELAYTIME is
an integer with unit time in seconds.

• If output (OUT) is ON, it is reset to OFF as soon as IN is set to

ON.

Input IN = Boolean value (ON/OFF)

Output OUT = Boolean value (ON/OFF)

Parameters DELAYTIME ORDERINCM

IN OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the WATCHDOG Block.

XOR block

Description Provides an up to 8-input XOR algorithm, meaning it performs the

exclusive OR function. Each input (IN[1], IN[2], ..., IN[8]) has the
capability of being optionally inverted, if required.

Function Turns output (OUT) ON only if an odd number of inputs are ON;
otherwise, OUT is OFF.

146 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Logic Blocks

Truth Table IN[1] IN[2] OUT

OFF OFF OFF

ON OFF ON

OFF ON ON

ON ON OFF

Inputs IN[1..8] = Boolean value

Outputs OUT = Boolean value controlled by the status of input signals.

Parameters IN[1..8] ORDERINCM

INPTINVSTS[1..8] OUT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theoryfor more information

on the XOR Block.

2OO3 (2 out of 3 voting) block

Description 2-out-of-3 Voting block – outputs (DISCREP and MAJ) are

determined as follows:

• DISCREP = NOT (IN[1] = IN[2] = IN[3]) for duration >= DELAY

• MAJ = value held by the majority of the inputs.

Function Sets the output (DISCREP) to ON if NOT all inputs agree for a
specified time duration (DELAY); otherwise, it is set to OFF.

Inputs IN[1..3] = Boolean values

Outputs DISCREP & MAJ = Boolean values

Parameters DELAYTIME IN[0..2]

DISCREP MAJ
ORDERINCM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the 2003 Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 147

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Regulatory Control Blocks

AUTOMAN (Auto Manual) block

Description Applies a user-specified gain and bias as well as a calculated bias

(OPBIAS.FLOAT) to the output. The user-specified values can be
fixed or external. A fixed value is stored manually or by a program,
and an external value is brought from another function block.

Function Provides control initialization and override feedback processing.

Typically used either:

• in cascade control strategy where an upstream block may not

accept an initialization request from its secondary,

• between FANOUT block and a final control element to provide

“bumpless” output on return to cascade.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on the input (X1). If

Monitoring the X1 value is not updated within a predefined time, this block
invokes the following timeout processing.

• Sets the “input timeout” flag (TMOUTFL).

• Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

• Requests the X1 primary to initialize.

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Inputs • X1 = initializable input which must come from another function

block; an operator cannot set it.

• XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X1:

− XEUHI is the value that represents 100% of full scale.

− XEULO is the value that represents 0% of full scale.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering

148 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

units. If this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary’s input

range through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has
no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track its own input range
(XEUHI and XEULO).

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define the normal high and low limits for
OP as a percent of CV range; these are user-specified values.
OP clamps to these limits if algorithm’s calculated result (CV)
exceeds them or another function block or user program
attempts to store an OP value that exceeds them. However, an
operator may store an OP value that is outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range. These are user-
specified values. Operator is prevented from storing an OP that
exceeds these limits.

Parameters ALMDB NUMPROPREQ

ALMDBU NUMSEC
ALMTM OP
ARWNETIN OPBIAS
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.FIXOPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWOP OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOPIN] OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DBU
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.FL
CTLINIT OPHIALM.PR
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.SV
CV OPHIALM.TM
CVEUHI OPHIALM.TP
CVEULO OPHIFL
CVTYPE OPHILM
DESC OPLOALM.DB
ESWENB OPLOALM.DBU
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.FL
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.PR
ESWFL.CAS OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.MAN OPLOALM.TM
ESWPERM OPLOALM.TP
EUDESC OPLOFL
FBORSTS OPLOLM
GAINHILM OPMINCHG
GAINLOLM OPREQ

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 149

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

HIALM.PR OPROCLM
HIALM.SV OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.TYPE OPROCPOSFL
HOLDOPT OPTYPE
HOLDRATE ORDERINCM
HOLDVAL OUTTYPE
INALM PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.PR REDTAG
INSFAILALM.SV REGINSERT[1..10]
INSFAILFL REGINSTS[1..10]
K RESTARTOPT
LASTMODEREQ SAFEOP
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODE SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEAPPL[1..4] SIALM.FL
MODEATTR SIALM.OPT
MODEATTRFL.NORM SIALM.PR
MODEATTRFL.OPER SIALM.SV
MODEATTRFL.PROG SIFL
MODECHANGE SIOPT
MODEFL.AUTO STARTOPT
MODEFL.BCAS STARTRATE
MODEFL.CAS STARTVAL
MODEFL.MAN STOPOPT
MODEFL.NORM STOPRATE
MODEPERM STOPVAL
MODEREQ TMOUTFL
MODETRACK TMOUTTIME
NAME X1
NORMMODE X1P
NORMMODEATTR X1STS
NUMINSERT XEUHI
NUMONESHOT XEULO
NUMPRI

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the AUTOMAN Block.

150 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

ENHREGCALC (Enhanced Regulatory Control Calculator) block

Description • Lets you write up to eight expressions for creating custom

algorithms for Calculated Variable (CV) calculations.

• Provides an interface to windup, initialization and override

feedback processing, so you can add user-defined control blocks
to your control strategies.

• The ENHREGCALC block provides the following enhancements

over the REGCALC block.

− Expands existing arrayed input parameters XSTS, XCONN and

X.

− These arrayed parameters are added to correspond to each of

the ten inputs.

a) Input Description

b) Enable/Disable Switch

c) XSUB Substitute Parameter

− An initializable Set Point (SP) input parameter with limit

checking and SP ramping is added. Also, the X[1] input is
converted to a general purpose input

− Mode can be placed in Automatic so operator or program can

supply SP.

− This block uses memory based on the number of expressions

configured, pcode size of each expression and the number of
references in the expression.

Function • Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,

operators and functions; and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations.

• You can write expressions for calculating CV under normal,

initialization and override feedback conditions. Or, you can write
expressions which produce initialization and override feedback
values for this block and its primaries.

• You can assign the result of an expression or an input to any

assignable output that produces the same outputs as every other
regulatory control block. You can assign the same input to
multiple outputs.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 151

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Timeout In cascade mode, this block performs timeout monitoring on SP. If the
Monitoring SP input value is not updated within a predefined time, this block
invokes the following timeout processing.

• Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL)

• Holds SP at its last good value.

• Requests the SP primary to initialize.

• Sheds to a user-specified timeout mode (MODE =

TMOUTMODE).

The ENHREGCALC block sets its cascade request flag

(CASREQFL), if SP times out and sheds to AUTOmatic mode

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through

Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate oneshot
initialization requests to this block. However, you can disable the
SECINITOPT so the block ignores initialization requests from the
secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = CVINIT (assignable output)

• Builds an initialization request for the designated primaries,

using INITREQ and INITVAL (both assignable outputs).

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override

Feedback Selector (OVRDSEL) block, it receives override feedback data. The
Processing data consists of an override status, override feedback value and an
override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected
or unselected strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type
function blocks. However, you can disable the SECINITOPT so the
block ignores override requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this

block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = CVORFB (assignable output)

• Computes a feedback value for SP input:

− feedback value for SP = ORFBVAL (assignable output)

− feedback status for SP = ORFBSTS (assignable output)

152 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

If ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS are not assigned and this block has a
secondary, the ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS received from the
secondary are used to compute ORFBVAL for the primary.

Inputs The following inputs are optional and they only accept real data types.

• SP - An initializable input. If Mode is CAScade, SP is pulled

from another function block. If Mode is AUTO, it may be stored
by the operator or a user program.

• X[1] through X[10] general purpose inputs.

• XWHIFL – An external windup high flag.

• XWLOFL – An external windup low flag.

Input Ranges SPEUHI and SPEULO define the full range of SP input in engineering
units. This block applies no range checking, since it assumes that SP
is within SPEUHI and SPEULO. If this function is required, you must
write an expression for it.

• SPEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

• SPEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it uses the secondary’s input range
through BACKCALC to set its CV range. If it does not have a
secondary, you must define the range through CVEUHI and
CVEULO.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)

exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 153

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

− Operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified
values).

− Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds

these limits.

Assignable You can assign expression results and/or inputs to the following
Outputs outputs.

• CV – This block’s CV under normal operating conditions.

• CVINIT – This block’s CV during initialization.

• CVORFB – This block’s CV during override (in unselected path).

• INITREQ – Initialization request flag, to be provided to the

primary.

• INITVAL – Initialization value, to be provided to the primary.

• ORFBVAL – Override feedback value, to be provided to the

primary.

• ORFBSTS – Override feedback status, to be provided to the

primary.

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification “CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL”, or “CM57.PID100.MODE”.

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number

of inputs and work with any data type.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (‘) can be

used in an expression containing an external reference component.
The format for the delimiter usage is as follows:

• TagName.’text’

Expression • Must include full tag.parameter name for X inputs in the

Rules expression and enclose identification number in brackets instead
of parenthesizes. For example, CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[1]
CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[2] is valid.

• Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon

and equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
“CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]” is invalid.
154 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical

which is automatically stored in a “C” parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], etc. You
can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.

• You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as value types
match or can be converted.

• You can use blanks between operators and parameter names,

but they are not required.

• You can use all data types except Time in expressions,

including enumerations. They are all treated as numeric types.

• You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without

breaks) in the arrays.

Parameters ALMDB NUMPROPREQ

ALMDBU NUMSEC
ALMTM OP
ARWNETIN OPBIAS
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.FIX
ARWOP OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWOPIN OPBIAS.RATE
ASTEPID OPEU
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOFL
BADCTLFL OPEXLOLM
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DB
C[1..8] OPHIALM.DBU
CASREQFL OPHIALM.FL
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.PR
CONFIGCODE OPHIALM.SV
CONFIGDESC OPHIALM.TM
CONFIGSTS OPHIALM.TP
CSTS[1..8] OPHIFL
CTLINIT OPHILM
CTLSTATE OPLOALM.DB
CV OPLOALM.DBU
CVEUHI OPLOALM.FL
CVEULO OPLOALM.PR
CVINIT OPLOALM.SV

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 155

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

CVINITSRC OPLOALM.TM
CVORFB OPLOALM.TP
CVORFBSRC OPLOFL
CVSRC OPLOLM
CVTYPE OPMINCHG
DESC OPREQ
ESWENB OPROCLM
ESWFL.AUTO OPROCNEGFL
ESWFL.BCAS OPROCPOSFL
ESWFL.CAS OPTOL
ESWFL.MAN OPTYPE
ESWPERM ORDERINCM
EUDESC ORFBSTSSRC
EXECCODE[1..8] ORFBVALSRC
EXECDESC[1..8] REDTAG
EXECSTS[1..8] REGINSERT[1..10]
EXPR[1..8] REGINSTS[1..10]
FBORSTS RESTARTOPT
GAINHILM SAFEOP
GAINLOLM SECINITOPT[1..8]
HIALM.PR SIALM.FL
HIALM.SV SIALM.OPT
HIALM.TYPE SIALM.PR
HOLDOPT SIALM.SV
HOLDRATE SIFL
HOLDVAL SIOPT
INALM SP
INITMAN SPEUHI
INITREQ[1..8] SPEULO
INITREQSRC SPFORMAT
INITVAL[1..8] SPHIFL
INITVALSRC SPHILM
INSBLOCK[1..10] SPLOFL
INSFAILALM.FL SPLOLM
INSFAILALM.PR SPP
INSFAILALM.SV SPRATEREQ
INSFAILFL SPREQ
K SPTOL
LASTMODEREQ SPTV
LASTOPREQ SPTVNORMRATE
LASTOPTYPE SPTVOPT
LASTREQFL SPTVP
LASTSPREQ SPTVRATE
LASTSPTVREQ SPTVREQ
LASTSTEP SPTVSTATE
MODE SPTVTIME
MODEAPPL[1..4] STARTOPT
MODEATTR STARTRATE

156 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

MODEATTRFL.NORM STARTVAL
MODEATTRFL.OPER STOPOPT
MODEATTRFL.PROG STOPRATE
MODECHANGE STOPVAL
MODEFL.AUTO TMOUTFL
MODEFL.BCAS TMOUTMODE
MODEFL.CAS TMOUTTIME
MODEFL.MAN X[1..10]
MODEFL.NORM XB[1..10]
MODEPERM XDESC[1..10]
MODEREQ XENABLE[1..10]
MODETRACK XK[1..10]
NAME XKB[1..10]
NORMMODE XSTS[1..10]
NORMMODEATTR XSUB[1..10]
NUMINSERT XWHIFL
NUMONESHOT XWLOFL
NUMPRI

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the ENHREGCALC Block.

FANOUT block

Description Uses one input and provides up to eight initializable outputs. It may
also have up to eight secondaries, since there is one secondary per
initializable output. You may specify a separate gain, bias, and rate
for each output. Each specified value can be fixed or external. A fixed
value is stored manually or by a program, and an external value is
brought from another function block. This block calculates a separate
floating bias for each output following an initialization or mode
change. This provides a "bumpless" transition for each output.

Function Provides a “bumpless” output for each of up to 8 outputs following

initialization or mode changes.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on X1. If the X1 value

Monitoring is not updated within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.

• Sets the “input timeout” flag (TMOUTFL).

• Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 157

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

• Requests the X1 primary to initialize (through BACKCALCOUT).

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Input • X1 = initializable input which must come from another function

block; an operator cannot set it.

• XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X1:

− XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs May have up to 8 initializable outputs as follows:

• OP[1..8] = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU[1..8] = Calculated output in engineering units.

Note that the default OP[1], [2] connection pins are exposed on the
blocks and the implicit/hidden connection function automatically
makes the appropriate value/status parameter
(OPX[1..8]/OPEUX[1..8]) connection when required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI[1..8] and CVEULO[1..8] define the full range of CV[1..8] in
engineering units -- block has separate output range for each output
based on the input range of each secondary.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define the normal high and low limits for
OP as a percent of the CV range; these are user-specified values
-- the same limits apply to all outputs. An operator may store an
OP value that is outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range; these are user-
specified values -- the same limits apply to all outputs and
operator is prevented from storing an OP that exceeds these
limits.

Windup • If all secondaries are in high windup, block propagates a high

Processing windup status to its primary (ARWNET[1..8] = Hi)

• If all secondaries are in low windup, block propagates a low

windup status to its primary (ARWNET[1..8] = Lo)

• If at least one secondary has a normal windup status or is in

high windup and another is in low, block propagates a normal
windup status to its primary.

If the gain is reversed for one of the outputs, then high windup on that
output is the same as low windup on the others.

158 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

Parameters ARWNET[1..8] MODETRACK

ARWOP NAME
ASTEPID NORMMODE
BADCTLALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
BADCTLALM.PR NUMINSERT
BADCTLALM.SV NUMONESHOT
BADCTLFL NUMPRI
BADCTLOPT NUMPROPREQ
CASREQFL NUMSEC
COMPUTEARW OP[1..8]
CTLINIT OPBIAS[1..8]
CTLSTATE OPBIAS[1..8].FIX
CV[1..8] OPBIAS[1..8].FLOAT
CVEUHI[1..8] OPBIAS[1..8].RATE
CVEULO[1..8] OPEU[1..8]
CVTYPE OPEXHIFL[1..8]
DESC OPEXHILM
ESWENB OPEXLOFL[1..8]
ESWFL.AUTO OPEXLOLM
ESWFL.BCAS OPHIFL[1..8]
ESWFL.CAS OPHILM
ESWFL.MAN OPLOFL[1..8]
ESWPERM OPLOLM
EUDESC OPMINCHG
FBORSTS OPREQ
GAINHILM OPROCLM
GAINLOLM OPROCNEGFL[1..8]
HIALM.SV OPROCPOSFL[1..8]
HIALM.TYPE OPTYPE
HOLDOPT ORDERINCM
HOLDRATE OUTTYPE
HOLDVAL PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.FL REDTAG
INSFAILALM.PR REGINSERT[1..10]
INSFAILALM.SV REGINSTS[1..10]
INSFAILFL RESTARTOPT
K[1..8] SAFEOP
LASTMODEREQ SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTOPREQ SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
LASTSTEP SECINITOPT[1..8]

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 159

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

MODE SIALM.FL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SIALM.OPT
MODEATTR SIALM.PR
MODEATTRFL.NORM SIALM.SV
MODEATTRFL.OPER SIFL
MODEATTRFL.PROG SIOPT
MODECHANGE SPHILM
MODEFL.AUTO STARTOPT
MODEFL.BCAS STARTRATE
MODEFL.CAS STARTVAL
MODEFL.MAN STOPOPT
MODEFL.NORM STOPRATE
MODEPERM STOPVAL
MODEREQ TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME
X1
X1P
X1STS
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the FANOUT Block.

OVRDSEL(Override Selector) block

Description Provides override feedback data to every block in an upstream

cascade control strategy. Also provides bypass processing, control
initialization, and override feedback propagation.

Function Accepts up to four inputs (primaries) and selects the one with the
highest or lowest value.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on all inputs X[1]

Monitoring through X[4] that are not bypassed. If an input value is not updated
within a predefined time, this block invokes the following timeout
processing.

• Sets the “input timeout” flag (TMOUTFL).

• Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

• Requests the input’s primary to initialize.

160 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Inputs Accepts up to 4 inputs -- X[1] through X[4].

• At least 2 inputs (X1 and X2) are required, others are optional.

• You can configure a 15-character description for each input.

• The inputs must come from other function blocks; an operator

cannot store to them.

Input Ranges • XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of inputs.

− XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units. If this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary’s input
range through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has
no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track its own input range
(XEUHI and XEULO).

• OPHILM and OPLOLM (user-specified values) define normal

high and low limits for OP as a percent of the CV range.

− OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)

exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store an OP value exceeding them.

− Operator may store an OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM (user-specified values) define the

extended high and low limits for OP as a percent of the CV
range.

− Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds

these limits.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 161

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Parameters ALMDB OPBIAS

ALMDBU OPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DBU
BADINPTOPT[1..4] OPHIALM.FL
CONTROLREQ OPHIALM.PR
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.SV
CTLEQN OPHIALM.TM
CTLINIT OPHIALM.TP
CTLSTATE OPHIFL
CV OPHILM
CVEUHI OPLOALM.DB
CVEULO OPLOALM.DBU
CVTYPE OPLOALM.FL
DESC OPLOALM.PR
ESWENB OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.CAS OPLOFL
ESWFL.MAN OPLOLM
ESWPERM OPMINCHG
EUDESC OPREQ
FBORSTS OPROCLM
HIALM.PR OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.SV OPROCPOSFL
HIALM.TYPE OPTYPE
HOLDOPT ORBYPASSFL[1..4]
HOLDRATE ORBYPPERM
HOLDVAL ORDERINCM
INALM OROFFSET
INITMAN OROPT
INITREQ[1..8] OUTTYPE
INITVAL[1..8] PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILFL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
LASTMODEREQ REDTAG
LASTOPREQ REGINSERT[1..10]
LASTOPTYPE REGINSTS[1..10]

162 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

LASTREQFL RESTARTOPT
LASTSTEP SAFEOP
MODE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEATTRFL.OPER SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.PROG SELXDESC
MODECHANGE SELXFL[1..4]
MODEFL.AUTO SELXINP
MODEFL.BCAS SIALM.FL
MODEFL.CAS SIALM.OPT
MODEFL.MAN SIALM.PR
MODEFL.NORM SIALM.SV
MODEPERM SIFL
MODEREQ SIOPT
MODETRACK STARTOPT
NAME STARTRATE
NORMMODE STARTVAL
NORMMODEATTR STOPOPT
NUMINSERT STOPRATE
NUMONESHOT STOPVAL
NUMPRI TMOUTFL
NUMPROPREQ TMOUTTIME
NUMSEC X[1..4]
OP XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the OVRDSEL Block.

PID block

Description Operates as a proportional-integral-derivative (PID) controller and

supports the Ideal form of calculating the PID terms.

Function Accepts 2 analog inputs -- process variable (PV) and set point (SP);
produces output calculated to reduce the difference between PV and
SP. Provides anti-windup protection, control initialization and override
feedback processing.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP

Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 163

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

following timeout processing.

• Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

• Holds the SP value at its last good value.

• Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

• Requests the input’s primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets the
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Inputs Required number of inputs is determined by this block’s mode:

• If Mode = Cascade, 2 inputs are required – PV and SP. Both

must be pulled from other function blocks.

• If Mode = Auto or Man, only PV is required. PV must be pulled

from another function block; the user cannot store to it.

• SP contains set point value in engineering units; SPP contains

value in percent.

− If Mode = Auto, operator or user program may store to either SP

or SPP.

• SP is an initializable input; PV is non-initializable.

Input Ranges • PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering

and Limits units. They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since
PV and SP are assumed to have the same range.

− PVEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− PVEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

• SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in

engineering units.

− Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if primary

or user program attempts to store value outside limits, block
clamps it to appropriate limit and sets primary’s windup status.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when

164 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units. If
and Limits this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary’s input range
through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, you must specify CVEUHI and CVEULO range.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or another

block or user program attempts to store OP value exceeding
them; operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low

limits for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).

− Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these

limits.

Equation • Equation A – Proportional, Integral, and Derivative on error.

Options
• Equation B -- Proportional and Integral on error and Derivative
on changes in PV.

• Equation C -- Integral on error and Proportional and Derivative

on changes in PV.

• Equation D -- Integral only.

• Equation E -- Proportional only; this equation supports the

following two options that affect CV:

− Output bias processing which adds fixed and floating bias to

unbiased CV.

− Reverse-control action causes the sign of the unbiased CV to be

reversed.

Gain Options If equation A, B, or C is selected, any of the following gain options

may be chosen:

• Linear Gain -- provides proportional control action that is equal

to a constant (K) times the error.

• Gap Gain -- used to reduce sensitivity of control system when

PV is in user-specified band (gap) around set point.

• Nonlinear Gain -- control action is proportional to square of

error, rather than error itself.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 165

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

• External Gain -- gain (K) is modified by input value that can

come from the process, another block or user program.

Direct or Reverse • Direct action -- increase in error increases output (OP).

Control
• Reverse action -- increase in error decreases output (OP).

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB NLGAIN

ADVDEVALM.DBU NORMMODE
ADVDEVALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.PR NUMINSERT
ADVDEVALM.SV NUMONESHOT
ADVDEVALM.TM NUMPRI
ADVDEVALM.TP NUMPROPREQ
ADVDEVOPT NUMSEC
ADVSP OP
ADVSPP OPBIAS
ALMDB OPBIAS.FIX
ALMDBU OPBIAS.FLOAT
ALMTM OPBIAS.RATE
ARWNET[1..8] OPEU
ARWOP OPEXHIFL
ASTEPID OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOLM
BADCTLALM.SV OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DBU
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.FL
CASREQFL OPHIALM.PR
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.SV
CTLACTN OPHIALM.TM
CTLEQN OPHIALM.TP
CTLINIT OPHIFL
CTLSTATE OPHILM
CV OPLOALM.DB
CVEUHI OPLOALM.DBU
CVEULO OPLOALM.FL
CVTYPE OPLOALM.PR
DELCV OPLOALM.SV
DESC OPLOALM.TM
DEV OPLOALM.TP
DEVHIALM.DB OPLOFL
DEVHIALM.DBU OPLOLM
DEVHIALM.FL OPMINCHG
DEVHIALM.PR OPREQ
DEVHIALM.SV OPROCLM
DEVHIALM.TM OPROCNEGFL
DEVHIALM.TP OPROCPOSFL
DEVLOALM.DB OPTYPE
166 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

DEVLOALM.DBU ORDERINCM
DEVLOALM.FL OUTTYPE
DEVLOALM.PR PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEVLOALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVLOALM.TM PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVLOALM.TP PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
ESWENB PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
ESWFL.AUTO PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
ESWFL.BCAS PV
ESWFL.CAS PVEUHI
ESWFL.MAN PVEULO
ESWPERM PVFORMAT
EUDESC PVMANOPT
FBORSTS PVP
GAINHILM PVSTS
GAINLOLM PVSTSFL.BAD
GAINOPT PVSTSFL.MAN
GAPHILM PVSTSFL.NORM
GAPLOLM PVSTSFL.UNCER
HIALM.PR PVTRAKOPT
HIALM.SV PVTRAKOPTAI
HIALM.TYPE REDTAG
HOLDOPT REGINSERT[1..10]
HOLDRATE REGINSTS[1..10]
HOLDVAL RESTARTOPT
INALM SAFEOP
INITMAN SECDATAIN.HISELECT
INITREQ[1..8] SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INITVAL[1..8] SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
INSBLOCK[1..10] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INSFAILALM.FL SECINITOPT[1..8]
INSFAILALM.PR SIALM.FL
INSFAILALM.SV SIALM.OPT
INSFAILFL SIALM.PR
K] SIALM.SV
KLIN SIFL
KMODIFEXT SIOPT
KMODIFGAP SP
KMODIFNL SPEUHI
LASTGOODPV SPEULO
LASTMODEREQ SPFORMAT
LASTOPREQ SPHIFL
LASTOPTYPE SPHILM
LASTRATEREQ SPLOFL
LASTREQFL SPLOLM
LASTSPREQ SPP
LASTSPTVREQ SPRATEREQ

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 167

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

LASTSTEP SPREQ
MODE SPTV
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPTVDEVFL
MODEATTR SPTVDEVMAX
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPTVNORMRATE
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPTVOPT
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPTVP
MODECHANGE SPTVRATE
MODEFL.AUTO SPTVREQ
MODEFL.BCAS SPTVSTATE
MODEFL.CAS SPTVTIME
MODEFL.MAN STARTOPT
MODEFL.NORM STARTRATE
MODEPERM STARTVAL
MODEREQ STOPOPT
MODETRACK STOPRATE
NAME STOPVAL
NLFORM T1
T1HILM
T1LOLM
T2
T2HILM
T2LOLM
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PID Block.

PIDER block

Description Operates as a proportional-integral-derivative (PID) controller that

accepts a reset feedback signal, a tracking value, and a tracking
control switch. It supports the same Ideal form of calculating the PID
terms as the PID block. It also prevents windup when the secondary
does not propagate windup status or control initialization data back to
the primary of a remote (foreign) controller.

Function It accepts five analog inputs – a process variable (PV), a set point
(SP), a reset feedback value (RFB), a tracking value (TRFB), and a
tracking control switch (S1). The difference between PV and SP is the
error and this block calculates a control output (OP) that should drive
the error to zero.

168 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP

Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.

• Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

• Holds the SP value at its last good value.

• Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

• Requests the input’s primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets the
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Inputs Required number of inputs is determined by this block’s mode:

• If Mode is CAScade, five inputs are required – PV, SP, RFB,

TRFB and S1.

• If Mode is AUTOmatic or MANual, PV, RFB, TRFB and S1 are

required.

• SP contains set point value in engineering units; SPP contains

value in percent.

− If Mode = Auto, operator or user program may store to either SP

or SPP.

• SP is the only initializable input; other inputs are non-

initializable.

• RFB and TRFB must be pulled from another block, you cannot
store to them. The RFB input is optional. If the PIDER block is
used for external tracking features only, the RFB input is not
required.

• S1 can be triggered by another function block or set by a user-

written program.

Input Ranges • PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering

and Limits units. They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since
PV and SP are assumed to have the same range.

− PVEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− PVEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

• SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in

engineering units.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 169

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

− Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if primary

or user program attempts to store value outside limits, block
clamps it to appropriate limit and sets primary’s windup status.

• The RFB and TRFB values typically come from a remote

controller. The PIDER block applies no range check for these
parameters.

• The S1 input is a Boolean flag and the values are only On and
Off.

Outputs The block does not support output initialization, and therefore cannot
have a secondary. Initialization only occurs when the tracking control
switch (S1) is On.

Block has following outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO must be specified by the user. The specified
and Limits values must match the engineering units (EU) range of the RFB and
TRFB signals, which are the range of the remote (foreign) controller
or secondary.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or another

block or user program attempts to store OP value exceeding
them; operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low

limits for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).

− Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these

limits.

• MAXRFBDEV is the maximum deviation allowed between CV

and RFB, in percent. It is used to provide windup protection for
OP.

− If the scaled, integrated deviation of CV from RFB exceeds

MAXRFBDEV in the positive direction, the PIDER block sets the
output windup status (ARWOP) to High, which will prevent CV

170 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

from going higher. If the deviation exceeds MAXRFBDEV in the

negative direction, it sets ARWOP to Low, which will prevent CV
from going lower. This occurs only if the tracking control switch
(S1) is Off.

Equation • Equation A – Proportional, Integral, and Derivative on error.

Options
• Equation B -- Proportional and Integral on error and Derivative
on changes in PV.

• Equation C -- Integral on error and Proportional and Derivative

on changes in PV.

• Equation D -- Integral only.

• In addtion to the PID equations above, the PIDER block

supports equation variations depending on the status of the
tracking switch (S1).

− Output bias processing which adds fixed and floating bias to

unbiased CV.

− Reverse-control action causes the sign of the unbiased CV to be

reversed.

Gain Options If equation A, B, or C is selected, any of the following gain options

may be chosen:

• Linear Gain -- provides proportional control action that is equal

to a constant (K) times the error.

• Gap Gain -- used to reduce sensitivity of control system when

PV is in user-specified band (gap) around set point.

• Nonlinear Gain -- control action is proportional to square of

error, rather than error itself.

• External Gain -- gain (K) is modified by input value that can

come from the process, another block or user program.

Direct or Reverse • Direct action -- increase in error increases output (OP).

Control
• Reverse action -- increase in error decreases output (OP).

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB NLGAIN

ADVDEVALM.DBU NORMMODE
ADVDEVALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.PR NUMINSERT
ADVDEVALM.SV NUMONESHOT
ADVDEVALM.TM NUMPRI
ADVDEVALM.TP NUMPROPREQ
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 171
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ADVDEVOPT NUMSEC
ADVSP OP
ADVSPP OPBIAS
ALMDB OPBIAS.FIX
ALMDBU OPBIAS.FLOAT
ALMTM OPBIAS.RATE
ARWNET[1..8] OPEU
ARWNETIN[1..8] OPEXHIFL
ARWOP OPEXHILM
ARWOPIN] OPEXLOFL
ASTEPID OPEXLOLM
BADCTLALM.FL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLALM.PR OPHIALM.DBU
BADCTLALM.SV OPHIALM.FL
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.PR
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.SV
CASREQFL OPHIALM.TM
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.TP
CTLACTN OPHIFL
CTLEQN OPHILM
CTLINIT OPLOALM.DB
CTLSTATE OPLOALM.DBU
CV OPLOALM.FL
CVEUHI OPLOALM.PR
CVEULO OPLOALM.SV
CVTYPE OPLOALM.TM
DELCV OPLOALM.TP
DESC OPLOFL
DEV OPLOLM
DEVHIALM.DB OPMINCHG
DEVHIALM.DBU OPREQ
DEVHIALM.FL OPROCLM
DEVHIALM.PR OPROCNEGFL
DEVHIALM.SV OPROCPOSFL
DEVHIALM.TM OPTOL
DEVHIALM.TP OPTYPE
DEVLOALM.DB ORDERINCM
DEVLOALM.DBU OUTTYPE
DEVLOALM.FL PV
DEVLOALM.PR PVEUHI
DEVLOALM.SV PVEULO
DEVLOALM.TM PVFORMAT
DEVLOALM.TP PVMANOPT
ESWENB PVP
ESWFL.AUTO PVSTS
ESWFL.BCAS PVSTSFL.BAD
ESWFL.CAS PVSTSFL.MAN
ESWFL.MAN PVSTSFL.NORM

172 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

ESWPERM PVSTSFL.UNCER
EUDESC PVTRAKOPT
FBORSTS PVTRAKOPTAI
GAINHILM REDTAG
GAINLOLM REGINSERT[1..10]
GAINOPT REGINSTS[1..10]
GAPHILM RESTARTOPT
GAPLOLM RFB
HIALM.PR S1
HIALM.SV SAFEOP
HIALM.TYPE SECINITOPT[1..8]
HOLDOPT SIALM.FL
HOLDRATE SIALM.OPT
HOLDVAL SIALM.PR
INALM SIALM.SV
INITMAN SIFL
INITREQ[1..8] SIOPT
INITVAL[1..8] SP
INSBLOCK[1..10] SPEUHI
INSFAILALM.FL SPEULO
INSFAILALM.PR SPFORMAT
INSFAILALM.SV SPHIFL
INSFAILFL SPHILM
K SPLOFL
K1 SPLOLM
KLIN SPP
KMODIFEXT SPRATEREQ
KMODIFGAP SPREQ
KMODIFNL SPTOL
LASTGOODPV SPTV
LASTMODEREQ SPTVDEVFL
LASTOPREQ SPTVDEVMAX
LASTOPTYPE SPTVNORMRATE
LASTRATEREQ SPTVOPT
LASTREQFL SPTVP
LASTSPREQ SPTVRATE
LASTSPTVREQ SPTVREQ
LASTSTEP SPTVSTATE
MAXRFBDEV SPTVTIME
MODE STARTOPT
MODEAPPL[1..4] STARTRATE
MODEATTR STARTVAL
MODEATTRFL.NORM STOPOPT
MODEATTRFL.OPER STOPRATE
MODEATTRFL.PROG STOPVAL
MODECHANGE T1
MODEFL.AUTO T1HILM

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 173

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

MODEFL.BCAS T1LOLM
MODEFL.CAS T2
MODEFL.MAN T2HILM
MODEFL.NORM T2LOLM
MODEPERM TMOUTFL
MODEREQ TMOUTMODE
MODETRACK TMOUTTIME
NAME TRFB
NLFORM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PIDER Block.ck.

PID-PL block

Description A regulatory control block combining the functionality of PID controller

with a robust, model-based, predictive controller and optimizer, Profit
Loop PKS. In many cases, Profit Loop PKS provides superior control
and should be used in place of the standard PID algorithms.

See the Control Builder Components Theory, Regulatory Control

section, PID-PL (Profit Loop PKS) Block for a discussion of benefits.

Function Belongs to a class of controllers known as “model predictive control.”

These controllers rely on a dynamic model to predict future
movement in the process variable. If the predicted PV does not meet
the control objectives (maintain at current setpoint), control action is
taken to realign the PV with its objectives. In contrast, a PID controller
uses past and current error trajectories to restore the PV to its SP
within one control move, regardless of the long-term consequences of
the move.

See the Control Builder Components Theory, Regulatory Control

section, PID-PL (Profit Loop PKS) Block for a discussion of benefits.

Timeout The PID-PL block monitors for communication timeouts between

Monitoring primary and secondary controllers of a cascade pair. This block uses
the same methodology as the PID block. See Timeout Monitoring for
PID block for implementation details.

Inputs The PID-PL block requires two inputs: PV and SP. See Required
Inputs for PID block for details on these inputs.

For range control, the PID-PL block requires two additional inputs:
SPHI and SPLO. These parameters cannot be initialized. They can
be pulled from another block, set through operator entry, or stored by
174 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

a user program.

Input Ranges For PID or Profit Loop PKS setpoint control, the PID range limits
and Limits apply. See Input ranges and limits for PID block for details.

For range control,

• PVEUHI and PVEULO define the engineering unit range for

MODELPV, SP, SPHI, and SPLO.

• SPHILM and SPLOLM define the operating limits in engineering

units for SPHI, and SPLO. If a value is entered outside these
limits but within the engineering unit range, this block clamps the
value at its appropriate limit. Otherwise, an out of bounds error is
generated.

• SPHI and SPLO define the operating limits in engineering units

for SP. The operator is prevented from storing a setpoint value
that is outside these limits. If the primary or a user program
attempts to store a value outside of the limits, this block clamps it
to the appropriate limit and sets the primary's windup status.

Outputs The PID-PL block supports a single initializable output. Like PID, this
calculated output can be either in percent, OP, or in engineering
units, OPEU. See Initializable outputs for PID block for more details.

Output Ranges The output range of a PID-PL block is identical to the PID block. See
and Limits Output ranges and limits for PID block for details.

Equation The PID-PL block supports the standard five PID equations (EqA
Options through EqE) as well as the Profit Loop equation, PROFITLOOP.

For details on the PROFITLOOP equation type, see the Control

Builder Components Theory, Regulatory Control section, PID-PL
(Profit Loop PKS) Block for a discussion of benefits.

For details on the PID equations, see PID equations.

Gain Options The gain options only apply for applicable PID equations A, B, or C.
The PROFITLOOP equation does not support the gain options.

See Gain options for use with PID equations.

Direct or Reverse A PID-PL block may be configured for direct-control action or reverse-
Control control action, effectively changing the sign of the controller gain. See
Direct or reverse control for PID block for implementation details.

With Profit Loop PKS, the sign of the controller gain is determined by
the sign of the process model gain. To prevent mismatch between the
model gain and control action, changes to CTLACTN are not allowed.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 175

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Furthermore, when the model gain changes (including initial loading

of the function block), CTLACTN is set to match the new gain
direction.

• A positive process model gain leads to reverse control action.

• A negative process model gain leads to direct control action.

Parameters All PID parameters apply to the PID-PL block. They are listed here.
Parameters unique to the PID-PL block are presented in bold.

ADVDEVALM.DB OPEXHIFL
ADVDEVALM.DBU OPEXHILM
ADVDEVALM.FL OPEXLOFL
ADVDEVALM.PR OPEXLOLM
ADVDEVALM.SV OPHIACTIVE
ADVDEVALM.TM OPHIALM.DB
ADVDEVALM.TP OPHIALM.DBU
ADVDEVOPT OPHIALM.FL
ADVSP OPHIALM.PR
ADVSPP OPHIALM.SV
ALMDB OPHIALM.TM
ALMDBU OPHIALM.TP
ALMTM OPHIFL
ARWNET[1..8] OPHILM
ARWOP OPHILMOPT
ARWRATIO OPHIOPTOFFSET
ASTEPID OPLOACTIVE
BADCTLALM.FL OPLOALM.DB
BADCTLALM.PR OPLOALM.DBU
BADCTLALM.SV OPLOALM.FL
BADCTLFL OPLOALM.PR
BADCTLOPT OPLOALM.SV
BADPVALM.FL OPLOALM.TM
BADPVALM.PR OPLOALM.TP
BADPVALM.SV OPLOFL
BADPVALM.TP OPLOLM
CALIBRATION OPLOLMOPT
CASREQFL OPLOOPTOFFSET
CLOSEDLOOPRESP OPMINCHG
COMPUTEARW OPREQ
CTLACTN OPROCLM
CTLEQN OPROCNEGFL
CTLINIT OPROCPOSFL
CTLSTATE OPTMODE
CTRLMODE OPTSPEED
CV OPTYPE
CVEUHI ORDERINCM
CVEULO OUTTYPE

176 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

CVTYPE PREDPVHIALM.FL
D[1..5] PREDPVHIALM.PR
DELCV PREDPVHIALM.SV
DESC PREDPVHIALM.TP
DEV PREDPVLOALM.FL
DEVHIALM.DB PREDPVLOALM.PR
DEVHIALM.DBU PREDPVLOALM.SV
DEVHIALM.FL PREDPVLOALM.TP
DEVHIALM.PR PRFRATIO
DEVHIALM.SV PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEVHIALM.TM PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVHIALM.TP PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVLOALM.DB PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
DEVLOALM.DBU PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
DEVLOALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
DEVLOALM.PR PROCDEADTIME
DEVLOALM.SV PROCDEADTIMEACT
DEVLOALM.TM PROCDEADTIMEBIAS
DEVLOALM.TP PROCGAINACT
ESWENB PROCGAINEU
ESWFL.AUTO PROCGAINMULT
ESWFL.BCAS PROCGAINPCT
ESWFL.CAS PROCGAINUNITS
ESWFL.MAN PVPVASYNCOPT
ESWPERM PVEUHI
EUDESC PVEULO
FBORSTS PVFORMAT
GAINHILM PVMANOPT
GAINLOLM PVP
GAINOPT PVSTS
GAPHILM PVSTSFL.BAD
GAPLOLM PVSTSFL.MAN
HIALM.PR PVSTSFL.NORM
HIALM.SV PVSTSFL.UNCER
HIALM.TYPE PVTRAKOPT
HOLDOPT PVTRAKOPTAI
HOLDRATE RAMPBIAS
HOLDVAL REDTAG
INALM REGINSERT[1..10]
INITMAN REGINSTS[1..10]
INITREQ[1..8] RESET
INITVAL[1..8] RESETMODEL
INSBLOCK[1..10] RESTARTOPT
INSFAILALM.FL SAFEOP
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.HISELECT
INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 177

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

K] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
KLIN SECINITOPT[1..8]
KMODIFEXT SIALM.FL
KMODIFGAP SIALM.OPT
KMODIFNL SIALM.PR
LASTGOODPV SIALM.SV
LASTMODEREQ SIFL
LASTOPREQ SIOPT
LASTOPTYPE SP
LASTRATEREQ SPEUHI
LASTREQFL SPEULO
LASTSPREQ SPFORMAT
LASTSPTVREQ SPHI
LASTSTEP SPHIACTIVE
MODE SPHIFL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPHILM
MODEATTR SPHILMOPT
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPHIOPTOFFSET
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPHIRAMPRATE
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPLO
MODECHANGE SPLOACTIVE
MODEFL.AUTO SPLOFL
MODEFL.BCAS SPLOLM
MODEFL.CAS SPLOLMOPT
MODEFL.MAN SPLOOPTOFFSET
MODEFL.NORM SPLORAMPRATE
MODELPV SPP
MODEPERM SPRATEREQ
MODEREQ SPREQ
MODETRACK SPTV
N[1..5] SPTVDEVFL
NEWSAMPLE SPTVDEVMAX
NLFORMNLGAIN SPTVNORMRATE
NORMMODE SPTVOPT
NORMMODEATTR SPTVP
NUMCOEFDEN SPTVRATE
NUMCOEFNUM SPTVREQ
NUMINSERT SPTVSTATE
NUMONESHOT SPTVTIME
NUMPRI STARTOPT
NUMPROPREQ STARTRATE
NUMSEC STARTVAL
OP STEADYSTATEOP
OPBIAS STEADYSTATEOPEU
OPBIAS.FIX STEADYSTATEPV
OPBIAS.FLOAT STOPOPT
OPBIAS.RATE STOPRATE
OPENLOOPRESP STOPVAL

178 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

OPEU T1
OPEUMOVE T1HILM
T1LOLM
T2
T2HILM
T2LOLM
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME
UPDATEMODEL
VALVETRAVELRDCT

Reference Refer to the Experion PKS Parameter Reference Manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PID-PL Block.

PIDFF (PID Feedforward) block

Description The PIDFF block is like the PID block but it accepts a feedforward
signal as an additional input. You can configure the PIDFF block so
the feedforward signal is added to or multiplied by the normal PID
algorithm’s incremental output to meet your particular control
requirements.

Function • The multiplicative feedforward action is typically used to

compensate for variations in process gain that are caused by
changes in the throughput. It is usually used with a lead/lag relay
to provide dynamic feedforward control for a given application.
For example, if the feed rate is doubled in a heating application,
twice the amount of fuel might be required, which is equivalent to
doubling the process gain.

• Includes the feedforward signal (FF) in the calculation of the

PID’s incremental output before the full value output is
accumulated.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP

Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.

• Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

• Holds the SP value at its last good value.

• Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 179

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

• Requests the input’s primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets its
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Inputs • Requires both PV and FF inputs to provide its feedforward

function. The PV and FF inputs must be pulled from other blocks;
you cannot store to them. The feedforward signal may come from
a field device (via an IA channel block) or an Auxiliary function
block. Field inputs are typically subjected to deadtime or lead-lag
compensation before being connected to the FF input of this
block, which may be provided by the Deadtime or Lead-Lag
Auxiliary function blocks.

• The SP input is not required, since it does not have to be pulled

from another function block.

− If Mode is CAScade and the SP is pulled from another function

block, it receives its value from an upstream primary and it is an
initializable input.

− If Mode is CAScade and the SP is not connected to another

function block, the value of the SP is frozen at the last acquired
value.

− If Mode is AUTOmatic, the SP value may be stored by the

operator or a user program.

• SP is an initializable input; PV and FF are non-initializable.

Input Ranges • PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering

and Limits units. They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since
PV and SP are assumed to have the same range.

− PVEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− PVEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

• SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in

engineering units.

− Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if primary

or user program attempts to store value outside limits, block
clamps it to appropriate limit and sets primary’s windup status.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
180 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the

appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units. If
and Limits this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary’s input range
through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, you must specify CVEUHI and CVEULO range.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or another

block or user program attempts to store OP value exceeding
them; operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low

limits for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).

− Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these

limits.

Equation • Equation A – Proportional, Integral, and Derivative on error.

Options
• Equation B -- Proportional and Integral on error and Derivative
on changes in PV.

• Equation C -- Integral on error and Proportional and Derivative

on changes in PV.

• Equation D -- Integral only.

• Equation E -- Proportional only; this equation supports the

following two options that affect CV:

− Output bias processing which adds fixed and floating bias to

unbiased CV.

− Reverse-control action causes the sign of the unbiased CV to be

reversed.

Gain Options If equation A, B, or C is selected, any of the following gain options

may be chosen:

• Linear Gain -- provides proportional control action that is equal

to a constant (K) times the error.

• Gap Gain -- used to reduce sensitivity of control system when

PV is in user-specified band (gap) around set point.

• Nonlinear Gain -- control action is proportional to square of

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 181

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

error, rather than error itself.

• External Gain -- gain (K) is modified by input value that can

come from the process, another block or user program.

Direct or Reverse • Direct action -- increase in error increases output (OP).

Control
• Reverse action -- increase in error decreases output (OP).

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB NLFORM

ADVDEVALM.DBU NLGAIN
ADVDEVALM.FL NORMMODE
ADVDEVALM.PR NORMMODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.SV NUMINSERT
ADVDEVALM.TM NUMONESHOT
ADVDEVALM.TP NUMPRI
ADVDEVOPT NUMPROPREQ
ADVSP NUMSEC
ADVSPP OP
ALMDB OPBIAS
ALMDBU OPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DBU
BFF OPHIALM.FL
CASREQFL OPHIALM.PR
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.SV
CTLACTN OPHIALM.TM
CTLEQN OPHIALM.TP
CTLINIT OPHIFL
CTLSTATE OPHILM
CV OPLOALM.DB
CVEUHI OPLOALM.DBU
CVEULO OPLOALM.FL
CVTYPE OPLOALM.PR
DELCV OPLOALM.SV
DESC OPLOALM.TM
DEV OPLOALM.TP
DEVHIALM.DB OPLOFL
DEVHIALM.DBU OPLOLM
DEVHIALM.FL OPMINCHG
DEVHIALM.PR OPREQ
DEVHIALM.SV OPROCLM

182 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

DEVHIALM.TM OPROCNEGFL
DEVHIALM.TP OPROCPOSFL
DEVLOALM.DB OPTYPE
DEVLOALM.DBU ORDERINCM
DEVLOALM.FL OUTTYPE
DEVLOALM.PR PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEVLOALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVLOALM.TM PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVLOALM.TP PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
ESWENB PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
ESWFL.AUTO PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
ESWFL.BCAS PV
ESWFL.CAS PVEUHI
ESWFL.MAN PVEULO
ESWPERM PVFORMAT
EUDESC PVMANOPT
FBORSTS PVP
FF PVSTS
FFOPT PVSTSFL.BAD
FFSTS PVSTSFL.MAN
GAINHILM PVSTSFL.NORM
GAINLOLM PVSTSFL.UNCER
GAINOPT PVTRAKOPT
GAPHILM PVTRAKOPTAI
GAPLOLM REDTAG
HIALM.PR REGINSERT[1..10]
HIALM.SV REGINSTS[1..10]
HIALM.TYPE RESTARTOPT
HOLDOPT SAFEOP
HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INALM SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
INITMAN SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INITREQ[1..8] SECINITOPT[1..8]
INITVAL[1..8] SIALM.FL
INSBLOCK[1..10] SIALM.OPT
INSFAILALM.FL SIALM.PR
INSFAILALM.PR SIALM.SV
INSFAILALM.SV SIFL
INSFAILFL SIOPT
K SP
KFF SPEUHI
KLIN SPEULO
KMODIFEXT SPFORMAT
KMODIFGAP SPHIFL
KMODIFNL SPHILM
LASTGOODPV SPLOFL

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 183

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

LASTMODEREQ SPLOLM
LASTOPREQ SPP
LASTOPTYPE SPRATEREQ
LASTRATEREQ SPREQ
LASTREQFL SPTV
LASTSPREQ SPTVDEVFL
LASTSPTVREQ SPTVDEVMAX
LASTSTEP SPTVNORMRATE
MODE SPTVOPT
MODEAPPL[1..4] SPTVP
MODEATTR SPTVRATE
MODEATTRFL.NORM SPTVREQ
MODEATTRFL.OPER SPTVSTATE
MODEATTRFL.PROG SPTVTIME
MODECHANGE STARTOPT
MODEFL.AUTO STARTRATE
MODEFL.BCAS STARTVAL
MODEFL.CAS STOPOPT
MODEFL.MAN STOPRATE
MODEFL.NORM STOPVAL
MODEPERM T1
MODEREQ T1HILM
MODETRACK T1LOLM
NAME T2
T2HILM
T2LOLM
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PIDFF (PID Feedforward) Block.

POSPROP (Position Proportional) block

Description Used to pulse two digital output devices (one for raise pulses and
another for lower pulses) to drive a process variable (PV) toward its
set point (SP). The only valid output destinations are to Digital Output
Channel blocks or the Pulse Count and Pulse Length blocks.

Function • Typically used to step a valve open or closed, raise or lower a

rotary device, or move the plates of a pulp mill refiner together or
apart.

• Compares the error signal (PV - SP) with an error deadband for

184 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

the raise and lower directions at an interval based on the

configurable cycle time parameter (CYCLETIME). You can also
configure the raise and lower deadband values that are denoted
as the parameters ERRORDBR and ERRORDBL, respectively.

• Generates a raise pulse, when the PV is less than the SP minus

the raise error deadband (ERRORDBR); or a lower pulse, when
the PV is greater than the SP plus the lower error deadband
(ERRORDBL) to reduce the error.

• The pulse duration determines the magnitude of a pulse - the

longer the duration, the bigger the pulse. The POSPROP block
will not issue a raise or lower pulse that is longer than the
configured cycle time (CYCLETIME) or the respective maximum
pulse time parameter MAXPULSER or MAXPULSEL, whichever
is smaller. The block uses the following values in its pulse
duration calculation.

− Error signal (PV - SP)

− Raise or lower gain setting (KR or KL)

− Raise or lower pulse stroke rate (RAISERATE or LOWERRATE)

− Additional raise or lower pulse time (RAISEDEADTM or

LOWERDEADTM) based on stiction compensation
(STICTIONR or STICTIONL), when a motor starts up; or
backlash compensation (BACKLASHR or BACKLASHL), when
a motor changes direction.

− Minimum raise or lower pulse time (MINPULSER or

MINPULSEL)

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on SP. If a good SP

Monitoring value is not received within a predefined time, this block invokes the
following timeout processing.

• Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL)

• Holds the SP value at its last good value.

• Changes the mode to a user-specified TMOUTMODE.

• Requests the input’s primary to initialize.

If SP times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets its
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL).

Inputs The required number of inputs is determined by the mode of the

POSPROP block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 185

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

• If Mode is CAScade, two inputs are required - PV and SP.

• If Mode is AUTOmatic or MANual, only PV is required.

− SP is an initializable input; PV is non-initializable.

− PV must be pulled from another block; you cannot store to it –

typically it is connected to the output of an auxiliary or data
acquisition (DATAACQ) block.

− If Mode is CAScade, SP is pulled from another block; if Mode is

AUTOmatic, it may be stored by the operator.

− The POSPROP block may have one primary or none,

depending on whether SP is configured or not; there is one
primary per initializable input.

The optional raise and lower flag inputs (RAISELMFL and

LOWERLMFL) may be set externally to inhibit raise and lower pulses,
respectively. These optional inputs can be pulled from other function
blocks.

Input Ranges • PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering

and Limits units. They also define the engineering unit range of SP, since
PV and SP are assumed to have the same range.

− PVEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− PVEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

• SPHILM and SPLOLM define set point operating limits in

engineering units.

Prevents operator from storing SP value outside limits; if primary or

user program attempts to store value outside limits, block clamps it to
appropriate limit and sets primary’s windup status.

Outputs The POSPROP block has the following initializable outputs:

• RAISETIME = Raise pulse duration.

• LOWERTIME = Lower pulse duration.

• PULSETIME = Pulse duration.

Output Ranges The POSPROP block uses the maximum and minimum pulse
and Limits parameters to define pulse duration ranges and limits.

• MAXPULSER and MAXPULSEL define the maximum pulse time

in the Raise and Lower directions, respectively. The POSPROP
block will not issue a Raise/Lower pulse with a duration that
exceeds these values. If the output and CYCLETIME are greater

186 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

than MAXPULSER/MAXPULSEL, the output is clamped to

MAXPULSER/MAXPULSEL.

• MINPULSER and MINPULSEL define the minimum pulse time

in the Raise and Lower directions, respectively. The POSPROP
block will not issue a Raise/Lower pulse with a duration that is
less than these values. If the output is less than
MINPULSER/MINPULSEL, the output retains its old value.

(Note that the POSPROP block does not use these common
regulatory control block range and limit parameters: CVEUHI,
CVEULO, OPHILM, OPLOLM, OPEXHILM, and OPEXLOLM.)

Equation The POSPROP block generates Raise and Lower pulses at a rate
Options specified by the configurable cycle time (CYCLETIME) parameter. It
calculates the pulse duration at the beginning of each cycle
depending on whether:

• The PVP is greater than (SPP – ERRORDBR) and the Raise

limit flag (RAISELMFL) is OFF, then issue a Raise pulse.

• The PVP is less than (SPP + ERRORDBL) and the Lower limit
flag (LOWERLMFL) is OFF, then issue a Lower pulse.

The PULSETIME output is set to either the RAISETIME or –

LOWERTIME, when either RAISETIME or LOWERTIME is non-zero.

Control The POSPROP block accepts initialization information from its three
Initialization initializable outputs: RAISETIME, LOWERTIME, and PULSETIME. If
any output requests initialization, the POSPROP block sets its
INITMAN parameter to ON. When no output requests initialization,
the POSPROP block sets its INITMAN parameter to OFF. When
cycling resumes after initialization, the Raise and Lower outputs are
both set to OFF (or their normal states) and the cycle time is
restarted.

Override The POSPROP block does not propagate override feedback data. It
Feedback ignores any override feedback requests.
Processing

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB MINPULSER

ADVDEVALM.DBU MODE
ADVDEVALM.FL MODEAPPL[1..4]
ADVDEVALM.PR MODEATTR
ADVDEVALM.SV MODEATTRFL.NORM
ADVDEVALM.TM MODEATTRFL.OPER
ADVDEVALM.TP MODEATTRFL.PROG
ADVDEVOPT MODECHANGE
ADVSP MODEFL.AUTO
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 187
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ADVSPP MODEFL.BCAS
ALMDB MODEFL.CAS
ALMDBU MODEFL.MAN
ALMTM MODEFL.NORM
ARWNET[1..8] MODEPERM
ARWOP MODEREQ
ASTEPID MODETRACK
BACKLASHL NAME
BACKLASHR NORMMODE
BADCTLALM.FL NORMMODEATTR
BADCTLALM.PR NUMINSERT
BADCTLALM.SV NUMONESHOT
BADCTLFL NUMPRI
BADCTLOPT NUMPROPREQ
CASREQFL NUMSEC
COMPUTEARW OPREQ
CTLINIT OPTYPE
CVTYPE ORDERINCM
CYCLETIME OUTTYPE
DESC PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
DEV PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
DEVHIALM.DB PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
DEVHIALM.DBU PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
DEVHIALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
DEVHIALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
DEVHIALM.SV PULSECMD
DEVHIALM.TM PULSECMDTEXT[0..2]
DEVHIALM.TP PULSETIME
DEVLOALM.DB PV
DEVLOALM.DBU PVEUHI
DEVLOALM.FL PVEULO
DEVLOALM.PR PVFORMAT
DEVLOALM.SV PVMANOPT
DEVLOALM.TM PVP
DEVLOALM.TP PVSTS
ERRORDBL PVSTSFL.BAD
ERRORDBR PVSTSFL.MAN
ESWENB PVSTSFL.NORM
ESWFL.AUTO PVSTSFL.UNCER
ESWFL.BCAS PVTRAKOPT
ESWFL.CAS PVTRAKOPTAI
ESWFL.MAN RAISEDEADTM
ESWPERM RAISEDESC
EUDESC RAISELMFL
EXTRAPULSE RAISERATE
EXTRAPULSETM RAISETIME
FBORSTS REDTAG
HIALM.PR REGINSERT[1..10]

188 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

HIALM.SV REGINSTS[1..10]
HIALM.TYPE RESTARTOPT
HOLDOPT SAFEOPCMD
HOLDRATE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
HOLDVAL SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INALM SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
INITMAN SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
INITREQ[1..8] SECINITOPT[1..8]
INITVAL[1..8] SIALM.FL
INSBLOCK[1..10] SIALM.OPT
INSFAILALM.FL SIALM.PR
INSFAILALM.PR SIALM.SV
INSFAILALM.SV SIFL
INSFAILFL SIOPT
KL SP
KR SPEUHI
LASTGOODPV SPEULO
LASTMODEREQ SPFORMAT
LASTOPREQ SPHIFL
LASTOPTYPE SPHILM
LASTRATEREQ SPLOFL
LASTREQFL SPLOLM
LASTSPREQ SPP
LASTSPTVREQ SPRATEREQ
LASTSTEP SPREQ
LOWERDEADTM SPTV
LOWERDESC SPTVDEVFL
LOWERLMFL SPTVDEVMAX
LOWERRATE SPTVNORMRATE
LOWERTIME SPTVOPT
MANPULSECMD SPTVP
MANPULSETIME SPTVRATE
MAXPULSEL SPTVREQ
MAXPULSER SPTVSTATE
MINPULSEL SPTVTIME
STARTOPT
STARTRATE
STARTVAL
STICTIONL
STICTIONR
STOPOPT
STOPRATE
STOPVAL
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 189

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the POSPROP (Position Proportional) Block.

PULSECOUNT block

Description The PULSECOUNT block generates pulses according to its pulse

count control algorithm. The pulsed outputs are usually fed to Digital
Output Channel blocks.

Dual Pulse Train: A control algorithm turns on either a “raise” channel

or a “lower” channel after every execution of this algorithm. The
output is modulated with a 50% duty-cycle pulse train. The on-
duration (or pulse length) is configured for the channel and is indicted
with a tuning parameter. The calculated on-duration will be in 10
msec increments.

Single Pulse Train: A single output channel is used to indicate the

direction (raise or lower) of the actuator. A second output channel is
used to deliver a 50% duty cycle pulse train. The on-duration (or
pulse length) is configured for the channel and is indicted with a
tuning parameter. The calculated on-duration will be in 10 msec
increments.

Function • Typically used in conjunction with a POSPROP block to step a

valve open or closed, raise or lower a rotary device, or move the
plates of a pulp mill refiner together or apart.

• The POSPROP block feeds the PULSETIME input parameter to

the PULSECOUNT block. This parameter is an internal structure
that contains the pulse width specification (in seconds). It also
contains a Serial Number that changes every time there is a new
pulse width value. The PULSECOUNT block checks for a change
in the Serial Number before reacting to the pulse width
specification.

Inputs • Requires a pulse time (PULSETIME) input from another block.

A POSPROP block usually supplies this.

• The POPERIOD input is user configurable in seconds.

• The PDELAYDIRCHG input is user configurable in seconds.

• The optional LOCALMAN input should come from another block

in a logic strategy where an ON condition means that the CEE is
not controlling the output of the device.

190 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

Outputs The PULSECOUNT block has the following initializable outputs:

• PORAISE = Pulse output for Raise pulses. These pulses are

generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input is
positive.

• POLOWER = Pulse output for Lower pulses. These pulses are

generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input is
negative.

• PO = Pulse output for both Raise and Lower pulses. These

pulses are generated as a logical OR between the PORAISE and
POLOWER pulses.

• PODIR = Direction for PO. This output is OFF for a Lower pulse
and is ON for a Raise pulse.

Parameters COMPUTEARW PODIR

CVTYPE POLOWER
INITMAN POPERIOD
INITREQ PORAISE
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSFAILALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILFL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
LOCALMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
MODECHANGE PULSETIME
NAME REGINSERT[1..10]
NUMINSERT REGINSTS[1..10]
ORDERINCM SECDATAIN.HISELECT
OUTTYPE SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
PDELAYDIRCHG SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
PO SECDATAIN.OROFFSET

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PULSECOUNT Block.

PULSELENGTH block

Description Generates pulse trains according to its pulse length control

algorithm. The pulsed outputs are usually fed to Digital Output
Channel blocks.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 191

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Dual Pulse Length: A control algorithm turns on either a “raise”

channel or a “lower” channel after every execution of this algorithm.
The selected output stays on for a time period that is calculated by
the control algorithm. The calculated on-duration will be in 10 msec
increments.

Single Pulse Length: A single output channel is used to indicate the

direction (raise or lower) of the actuator. A second output channel is
used to indicate the calculated on-duration (or length) of the pulse.
The calculated on-duration will be in 10 msec increments.

Function • Typically used in conjunction with a POSPROP block to step a

valve open or closed, raise or lower a rotary device, or move the
plates of a pulp mill refiner together or apart.

• The POSPROP block feeds the PULSETIME input parameter

to the PULSELENGTH block. This parameter is an internal
structure that contains the pulse width specification (in
seconds). It also contains a Serial Number that changes every
time there is a new pulse width value. The PULSELENGTH
block checks for a change in the Serial Number before reacting
to the pulse width specification.

Inputs • Requires a pulse time (PULSETIME) input from another block.

A POSPROP block usually supplies this.

• The PDELAYDIRCHG input is user configurable in seconds.

• The optional LOCALMAN input should come from another

block in a logic strategy where an ON condition means that the
CEE is not controlling the output of the device.

Outputs The PULSELENGTH block has the following initializable outputs:

• PORAISE = Pulse output for Raise pulses. These pulses are

generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input
is positive.

• POLOWER = Pulse output for Lower pulses. These pulses are

generated if the pulse width specified by the PULSETIME input
is negative.

• PO = Pulse output for both Raise and Lower pulses. These

pulses are generated as a logical OR between the PORAISE
and POLOWER pulses.

• PODIR = Direction for PO. This output is OFF for a Lower

pulse and is ON for a Raise pulse.

Parameters COMPUTEARW PORAISE

CTLSTATE PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
192 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

CVTYPE PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INITREQ PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.PR PULSETIME
INSFAILALM.SV REGINSERT[1..10]
INSFAILFL REGINSTS[1..10]
LOCALMAN SECDATAIN.HISELECT
MODECHANGE SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
NAME SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
NUMINSERT SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
ORDERINCM
OUTTYPE
PDELAYDIRCHG
PO
PODIR
POLOWER

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PULSELENGTH Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 193

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

RAMPSOAK block

Description Provides an output that tracks a user configured set point versus time
profile. The block supports up to 10 separate profiles with up to 30
user configured ramp and soak segment pairs per profile, for a total of
60 segments (where each segment is one ramp or one soak)

Each ramp/soak pair is defined by a soak value (i.e., the target value
for the ramp segment), a ramp rate and a soak time. This lets you
implement a set point program control function by driving the set point
of another regulatory control function block.

Function This function is also known as a “set point programmer” because the
output follows a sequence of user-programmed functions, and is
typically used as the set point of a PID.

Typically used for automatic temperature cycling in furnaces and

ovens. It can also be used for automatic startup of units and for
simple batch-sequence control where the batch sequence is part of a
process that is otherwise a continuous process. This block monitors
an input value (typically the PV of the PID), and guarantees that its
output will not deviate from the input by more than some user-
specified limits.

This function block may be configured to execute a profile once and

stop; repeat continuously the same profile; or execute the next profile
in order after completion of the current profile.

Inputs Only requires a PV input for the guaranteed ramp option.

Input Ranges PVEUHI and PVEULO define full range of PV in engineering units.
and Limits The default range is 0 to 100.

• PVEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

• PVEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering units. If
this block has a secondary, it brings the secondary’s input range

194 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

and Limits through the BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, you must specify CVEUHI and CVEULO range.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to limits if calculated CV exceeds them, or another

block or user program attempts to store OP value exceeding
them; operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low

limits for OP as percent of CV range (user-entered values).

Prevents operator from storing OP value that exceeds these limits.

(Note that the RAMPSOAK block does not apply a floating bias to the
output.)

Guaranteed If you configure a maximum ramp deviation (MAXRAMPDEV[n])

Ramp Rate value for a given profile, the RAMPSOAK block makes sure that the
calculated output (CV) value does not deviate from the input (PV) by
more than the configured deviation value

Guaranteed Soak If you configure the maximum high soak deviation

Time (MAXHISOAKDEV[n]) and/or the maximum low soak deviation
(MAXLOSOAKDEV[n]) value, the RAMPSOAK block makes sure the
calculated output (CV) value is at the proper value before it starts the
soak timer.

Event Timers You can configure up to 16 event flags (EVENTFL[n,e]) to provide

Boolean outputs for a specified time during a given ramp or soak
segment in a given profile. This means you can have up to 16 events
per profile or a total of 160 events in 10 profiles.

Parameters ACTRAMPRATE[1..NUMPROFIL MODEFL.AUTO

ES][1..NUMRAMPSOAK] MODEFL.BCAS
ACTSOAKTIME[1..NUMPROFILE MODEFL.CAS
S][1..NUMRAMPSOAK] MODEFL.MAN
ACTSOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILES MODEFL.NORM
][1..NUMRAMPSOAK] MODEPERM
ACTSTARTOP[1..NUMPROFILES MODEREQ
] MODETRACK
ACTSTARTSEG[1..NUMPROFILE NAME
S] NETELAPSEDTM
ALMDB NORMMODE
ALMDBU NORMMODEATTR
ALMTM NUMEVENTS[1..NUMPROFILE
ARWNET[1..8] S]
ARWOP NUMINSERT

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 195

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

ASTEPID NUMONESHOT
BADCTLALM.FL NUMPRI
BADCTLALM.PR NUMPROFILES
BADCTLALM.SV NUMPROPREQ
BADCTLFL NUMRAMPSOAK[1..NUMPROFI
CASREQFL LES]
COMPUTEARW NUMSEC
CTLINIT OP
CTLSTATE OPBIAS
CURPROFILEID OPBIAS.FIX
CURSEGID OPBIAS.FLOAT
CURSEGTYP OPBIAS.RATE
CV OPEU
CVEUHI OPEXHIFL
CVEULO OPEXHILM
CVTYPE OPEXLOFL
CYCLEOPT[1..NUMPROFILES] OPEXLOLM
DESC OPHIALM.DB
DEVHIALM.DB OPHIALM.DBU
DEVHIALM.DBU OPHIALM.FL
DEVHIALM.FL OPHIALM.PR
DEVHIALM.PR OPHIALM.SV
DEVHIALM.SV OPHIALM.TM
DEVHIALM.TM OPHIALM.TP
DEVHIALM.TP OPHIFL
DEVLOALM.DB OPHILM
DEVLOALM.DBU OPLOALM.DB
DEVLOALM.FL OPLOALM.DBU
DEVLOALM.PR OPLOALM.FL
DEVLOALM.SV OPLOALM.PR
DEVLOALM.TM OPLOALM.SV
DEVLOALM.TP OPLOALM.TM
ESWENB OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOFL
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOLM
ESWFL.CAS OPMINCHG
ESWFL.MAN OPREQ
ESWPERM OPROCLM
EUDESC OPROCNEGFL
EVENTBGNTIME[1..NUMPROFIL OPROCPOSFL
ES][1..NUMEVENTS] OPTYPE
EVENTENDTIME[1..NUMPROFIL ORDERINCM
ES][1..NUMEVENTS] OUTTYPE
EVENTFL[1..NUMEVENTS] PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
EVENTSEGID[1..NUMPROFILES] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
[1..NUMEVENTS] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
FBORSTS PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
HIALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET

196 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

HIALM.SV PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
HIALM.TYPE PROFILEDESC[1..NUMPROFIL
HOLDCMD ES]
HOLDOPT PV
HOLDRATE PVDEV
HOLDVAL PVEUHI
INALM PVEULO
INITMAN PVSTS
INITREQ[1..8] RAMPRATE[1..NUMPROFILES][
INITVAL[1..8] 1..NUMRAMPSOAK]
INSBLOCK[1..10] REDTAG
INSFAILALM.FL REGINSERT[1..10]
INSFAILALM.PR REGINSTS[1..10]
INSFAILALM.SV REMSOAKTIME
INSFAILFL RESETTIMR
LASTMODEREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPREQ SAFEOP
LASTOPTYPE SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MAXHISOAKDEV[1..NUMPROFIL SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
ES] SECINITOPT[1..8]
MAXLOSOAKDEV[1..NUMPROFI SIALM.FL
LES] SIALM.OPT
MAXRAMPDEV[1..NUMPROFILE SIALM.PR
S] SIALM.SV
MAXSOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILE SIFL
S] SIOPT
MINSOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILES SOAKTIME[1..NUMPROFILES][
] 1..NUMRAMPSOAK]
MODE SOAKVAL[1..NUMPROFILES][1.
MODEAPPL[1..4] .NUMRAMPSOAK]
MODEATTR STARTOP[1..NUMPROFILES]
MODEATTRFL.NORM STARTOPT
MODEATTRFL.OPER STARTRATE
MODEATTRFL.PROG STARTSEG[1..NUMPROFILES]
MODECHANGE STARTVAL
STOPOPT
STOPRATE
STOPVAL
TMOUTFL
TMOUTMODE
TMOUTTIME
TOTALTIME[1..50]
TOTELAPSEDTM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 197

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RAMPSOAK Block.

RATIOBIAS block

Description Accepts a ratio value input (RT) and an input value (X1) to provide a
calculated output based on the ratio of the input variables plus a fixed
and/or a floating bias. The input value must come from another
function block. In the Cascade mode, the ratio input value must come
from another function block; but, in the Automatic (Auto) Mode, an
operator or user program can set the ratio value.

Function Lets you implement a form of ratio control by using this block between
two PID blocks. In this case, the output from one PID block is used as
the X1 input to the RATIOBIAS block and the output from the
RATIOBIAS block is used as the SP input to the second PID block.

Timeout In cascade mode, this block performs timeout monitoring on both

Monitoring inputs (X1 and RT). If either input value is not updated within a
predefined time, this block invokes the following timeout processing.

• If RT times out, block

− Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

− Holds RT at its last good value.

− Sheds to the configured timeout mode (TMOUTMODE).

− Requests the RT primary to initialize.

• If X1 times out, block

− Sets the X1 value to NaN. This causes CV to go to NaN, which

results in the initialization of the RT and X1 primaries.

If RT times out and the block sheds to Auto mode, block sets the
Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL). When CASREQFL is set, it
means the block is waiting to return to the cascade mode, and will do
so as soon as it gets a good X1 value. This is true only, if the original
mode was Cascade and the TMOUTMODE is Auto . If you change
the mode, this clears the CASREQFL and disables the return to
cascade operation.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through

Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate oneshot
initialization requests to this block. However, you can disable the
SECINITOPT so the block ignores initialization requests from the
198 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = initialization value from the secondary,

• Calculates an initialization value for the X1 and RT primaries.

− INITVAL[1] = CV - OPBIAS.FIX / RT

− INITVAL[2] = CV – OPBIAS.FIX / INITVAL[1]

• Requests both primaries to initialize:

− INITREQ[1] = ON

− INITREQ[2] = ON

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override

Feedback Selector (OVRDSEL) block, it receives override feedback data. The
Processing data consists of an override status, override feedback value and an
override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected
or unselected strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type
function blocks. However, you can disable the SECINITOPT so the
block ignores override requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this

block:

• Computes a feedback value for X1 and RT primaries:

− feedback value for X1 = ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX -

OPBIAS.FLOAT / RT

− feedback value for RT = ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX -

OPBIAS.FLOAT / X1 override feedback value

Inputs Required number of inputs is determined by this block’s mode:

• If Mode = Cascade, 2 inputs are required – X1 and RT. Both

must come from other function blocks.

• If Mode = Auto or Man, only X1 is required. X1 must come from

another function block; an operator cannot set it.

• Both X1 and RT are initializable inputs. So, this block may have
one or two primaries, depending upon whether RT input is used
or not.

• If mode = Auto, an operator or user program can set the RT

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 199
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

value.

Input Ranges • XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X1 inputs in
engineering units. This block applies no range checking, since it
assumes that X1 is within XEUHI and XEULO.

− XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

• RTHILM and RTLOLM define the ratio limits for RT inputs in

engineering units. An operator is prevented from setting an RT
value that is outside these limits. If the RT value from a function
block or user program is outside these limits, this block clamps
the value to the appropriate limit and sets RT primary windup
status.

− RTHILM represents high ratio limit value.

− RTLOLM represents low ratio limit value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it uses the secondary’s input range
through BACKCALC to set its CV range. If it does not have a
secondary, its CV range tracks its own input range (XEUHI and
XEULO).

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)

exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.

− Operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified
values).

200 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

− Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds

these limits.

Parameters ALMDB OP
ALMDBU OPBIASOPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DBU
BSHILM OPHIALM.FL
BSLOLM OPHIALM.PR
CASREQFL OPHIALM.SV
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.TM
CTLINIT OPHIALM.TP
CTLSTATE OPHIFL
CV OPHILM
CVEUHI OPLOALM.DB
CVEULO OPLOALM.DBU
CVTYPE OPLOALM.FL
DESC OPLOALM.PR
ESWENB OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.TP
ESWFL.CAS OPLOFL
ESWFL.MAN OPLOLM
ESWPERM OPMINCHG
EUDESC OPREQ
FBORSTS OPROCLM
HIALM.PR OPROCNEGFL
HIALM.SV OPROCPOSFL
HIALM.TYPE OPTYPE
HOLDOPT ORDERINCM
HOLDRATE OUTTYPE
HOLDVAL PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.FL RBOPTION
INSFAILALM.PR REDTAG
INSFAILALM.SV REGINSERT[1..10]

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 201

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

INSFAILFL REGINSTS[1..10]
LASTMODEREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPREQ RT
LASTOPTYPE RTHIFL
LASTREQFL RTHILM
LASTSTEP RTLOFL
MODE RTLOLM
MODEAPPL[1..4] SAFEOP
MODEATTR SECDATAIN.HISELECT
MODEATTRFL.NORM SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODEATTRFL.OPER SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEATTRFL.PROG SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODECHANGE SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEFL.AUTO SIALM.FL
MODEFL.BCAS SIALM.OPT
MODEFL.CAS SIALM.PR
MODEFL.MAN SIALM.SV
MODEFL.NORM SIFL
MODEPERM SIOPT
MODEREQ STARTOPT
MODETRACK STARTRATE
NAME STARTVAL
NORMMODE STOPOPT
NORMMODEATTR STOPRATE
NUMINSERT STOPVAL
NUMONESHOT TMOUTFL
NUMPRI TMOUTMODE
NUMPROPREQ TMOUTTIME
NUMSEC X1
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RATIOBIAS Block.

RATIOCTL block

Description Accepts the actual value of the controlled flow (X1), the actual value
of the uncontrolled flow (X2) and the target ratio between the flows
(SP), and calculates the target value of the controlled flow (OP) and
the actual ratio between the flows (PV) as outputs.

Function Provides four user-selectable methods for calculating the ratio

between the flows (PV). The target value for the controlled flow (OP)

202 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

is calculated according to the selected method for calculating PV.

Timeout If mode is CAScade, the block performs time-out monitoring of the

Monitoring initializable input, SP. – if good SP value is not received within a
predefined time (TMOUTTIME), the block invokes timeout processing
as noted below.

If MODE is Cascade and SP times-out, the RATIOCTL block does

the following:

• Sets the “input timeout” flag (TMOUTFL)

• Holds SP at its last good value

• Changes the mode to a user-specified “timeout mode” (MODE =

TMOUTMODE)

• Requests the SP primary to initialize (via BACKCALCOUT)

If SP times-out and the block sheds to Auto mode, it sets the

Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL). When CASREQFL is set, it
means the block is waiting to return to the Cascade mode, and will do
so as soon as it fetches a good SP value.

Control The RATIOCTL block brings initialization requests from its secondary
Initialization through BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate
oneshot initialization requests to this block. (Note that SECINITOPT
may be used to ignore initialization requests from the secondary.)

If the secondary is requesting initialization, the RATIOCTL block:

• initializes its output:

− CV = initialization value from the secondary

Builds an initialization request for its primary based on CTLEQN

selected.

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override

Feedback Selector block, it will receive override feedback data when any of the
Processing following occur.

• the block’s windup state changes

• the block is requested to do a oneshot initialization

• the block’s override status changes

The data consists of an override status, override feedback value and

an override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the
selected or unselected strategy (as determined by the Selector

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 203

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

block). The offset flag only applies to PID-type function blocks.

When the override status changes from selected to unselected, this

block does the following:

• Does not initialize its CV

• Computes a feedback value for the SP primary depending on

the CTLEQN selected.

Inputs • A RATIOCTL block requires these three inputs:

− X1 - the actual value of the controlled flow.

− X2 - the actual value of the uncontrolled flow

− SP - the target ratio between the controlled and uncontrolled

flows.

• The SP is an initializable input. This means the block can have

one primary depending upon whether the SP input is configured
or not. There is one primary for each initializable input.

• The X1and X2 inputs must come from other function blocks.

You cannot store to them.

• If Mode is Cascade, SP is pulled from another function block. If

Mode is Automatic, it may be stored by the operator or a user
program.

Input Ranges • You must specify X1 and X2 engineering unit range, XEUHI and
XEULO.

− XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of the X inputs in

engineering units.
XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.
XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

• This block assumes X inputs are within XEUHI and XEULO – it

applies no range check

• You must specify SPHILM and SPLOLM to define the set point
limits, expressed as a ratio. The operator is prevented from
storing a set point value that is outside these limits. If the primary
or a user program attempts to store a value outside the limits,
this block will clamp it to the appropriate limit and set the input
windup status.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

204 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it fetches the secondary’s input range
through BACKCALC and sets its CV range to that. If it has no
secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO must be specified by the user.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)

exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.

− Operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified
values).

− Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds

these limits.

Parameters ADVDEVALM.DB OP
ADVDEVALM.DBU OPBIASOPBIAS.FIX
ADVDEVALM.FL OPBIAS.FLOAT
ADVDEVALM.PR OPBIAS.RATE
ADVDEVALM.SV OPEU
ADVDEVALM.TM OPEXHIFL
ADVDEVALM.TP OPEXHILM
ADVDEVOPT OPEXLOFL
ADVSP OPEXLOLM
ADVSPP OPHIALM.DB
ALMDB OPHIALM.DBU
ALMDBU OPHIALM.FL
ALMTM OPHIALM.PR
ARWNET[1..8] OPHIALM.SV
ARWNETIN[1..8] OPHIALM.TM
ARWOP OPHIALM.TP
ARWOPIN] OPHIFL
ASTEPID OPHILM
BADCTLALM.FL OPLOALM.DB
BADCTLALM.PR OPLOALM.DBU
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 205
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

BADCTLALM.SV OPLOALM.FL
BADCTLFL OPLOALM.PR
BADCTLOPT OPLOALM.SV
CASREQFL OPLOALM.TM
COMPUTEARW OPLOALM.TP
CTLEQN OPLOFL
CTLINIT OPLOLM
CTLSTATE OPMINCHG
CV OPREQ
CVEUHI OPROCLM
CVEULO OPROCNEGFL
CVTYPE OPROCPOSFL
DELCV OPTOL
DESC OPTYPE
DEV ORDERINCM
DEVHIALM.DB PV
DEVHIALM.DBU PVSTS
DEVHIALM.FL PVTRAKOPT
DEVHIALM.PR PVTRAKOPTAI
DEVHIALM.SV REDTAG
DEVHIALM.TM REGINSERT[1..10]
DEVHIALM.TP REGINSTS[1..10]
DEVLOALM.DB RESTARTOPT
DEVLOALM.DBU SAFEOP
DEVLOALM.FL SECINITOPT[1..8]
DEVLOALM.PR SIALM.FL
DEVLOALM.SV SIALM.OPT
DEVLOALM.TM SIALM.PR
DEVLOALM.TP SIALM.SV
ESWENB SIFL
ESWFL.AUTO SIOPT
ESWFL.BCAS SP
ESWFL.CAS SPEUHI
ESWFL.MAN SPEULO
ESWPERM SPFORMAT
EUDESC SPHIFL
FBORSTS SPHILM
GAINHILM SPLOFL
GAINLOLM SPLOLM
HIALM.PR SPP
HIALM.SV SPRATEREQ
HIALM.TYPE SPREQ
HOLDOPT SPTV
HOLDRATE SPTVDEVFL
HOLDVAL SPTVDEVMAX
INALM SPTVNORMRATE
INITMAN SPTVOPT
INITREQ[1..8] SPTVP

206 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

INITVAL[1..8] SPTVRATE
INSBLOCK[1..10] SPTVREQ
INSFAILALM.FL SPTVSTATE
INSFAILALM.PR SPTVTIME
INSFAILALM.SV STARTOPT
INSFAILFL STARTRATE
K1 STARTVAL
K2 STOPOPT
LASTMODEREQ STOPRATE
LASTOPREQ STOPVAL
LASTOPTYPE TMOUTFL
LASTRATEREQ TMOUTMODE
LASTREQFL TMOUTTIME
LASTSPREQ X1
LASTSPTVREQ X1BIAS
LASTSTEP X1KB
MODE X1STS
MODEAPPL[1..4] X2
MODEATTR X2BIAS
MODEATTRFL.NORM X2KB
MODEATTRFL.OPER X2STS
MODEATTRFL.PROG XEUHI
MODECHANGE XEULO
MODEFL.AUTO
MODEFL.BCAS
MODEFL.CAS
MODEFL.MAN
MODEFL.NORM
MODEPERM
MODEREQ
MODETRACK
NAME
NORMMODE
NORMMODEATTR
NUMINSERT
NUMONESHOT
NUMPRI
NUMPROPREQ
NUMSEC

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the RATIOCTL Block.

REGCALC (Regulatory Control Calculator) block

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 207
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Description • Lets you write up to eight expressions for creating custom

algorithms for Calculated Variable (CV) calculations.

• Provides an interface to windup, initialization and override

feedback processing, so you can add user-defined control blocks
to your control strategies.

Function • Each expression can contain any valid combination of inputs,

operators and functions; and may perform arithmetic or logic
operations.

• You can write expressions for calculating CV under normal,

initialization and override feedback conditions. Or, you can write
expressions which produce initialization and override feedback
values for this block and its primaries.

• You can assign the result of an expression or an input to any

assignable output that produces the same outputs as every other
regulatory control block. You can assign the same input to
multiple outputs.

Timeout In cascade mode, this block performs timeout monitoring on X[1]. If

Monitoring the X[1] input value is not updated within a predefined time, this block
invokes the following timeout processing.

• Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL)

• Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

• Requests the X1 primary to initialize.

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through

Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate oneshot
initialization requests to this block. However, you can disable the
SECINITOPT so the block ignores initialization requests from the
secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = CVINIT (assignable output)

• Builds an initialization request for the designated primaries,

using INITREQ and INITVAL (both assignable outputs).

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override

Feedback Selector (OVRDSEL) block, it receives override feedback data. The
data consists of an override status, override feedback value and an
208 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

Processing override offset flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected
or unselected strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type
function blocks. However, you can disable the SECINITOPT so the
block ignores override requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this

block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = CVORFB (assignable output)

• Computes a feedback value for X1 input:

− feedback value for X1 = ORFBVAL (assignable output)

− feedback status for X1 = ORFBSTS (assignable output)

If ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS are not assigned and this block has a
secondary, the ORFBVAL and ORFBSTS received from the
secondary are used to compute ORFBVAL for the primary.

Inputs The REGCALC block can function without any inputs. The following
inputs are optional and they only accept real data types.

• X[1] - An initializable input that must come from another block,

an operator can not set it.

• X[2] through X[6] general purpose inputs.

• XWHIFL – An external windup high flag.

• XWLOFL – An external windup low flag.

Input Ranges XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of X[1] input in engineering
units. This block applies no range checking, since it assumes that X1
is within XEUHI and XEULO. If this function is required, you must
write an expression for it.

• XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

• XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 209
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.
If this block has a secondary, it uses the secondary’s input range
through BACKCALC to set its CV range. If it does not have a
secondary, you must define the range through CVEUHI and
CVEULO.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).

− OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)

exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.

− Operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified
values).

− Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds

these limits.

Assignable You can assign expression results and/or inputs to the following
Outputs outputs.

• CV – This block’s CV under normal operating conditions.

• CVINIT – This block’s CV during initialization.

• CVORFB – This block’s CV during override (in unselected path).

• INITREQ – Initialization request flag, to be provided to the

primary.

• INITVAL – Initialization value, to be provided to the primary.

• ORFBVAL – Override feedback value, to be provided to the

primary.

• ORFBSTS – Override feedback status, to be provided to the

primary.

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameter You must specify a parameter by its full tag name. For example,
Identification “CM25.PumpASelect.PVFL”, or “CM57.PID100.MODE”.

In effect, tag names allow expressions to have an unlimited number

210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

of inputs and work with any data type.

The expression syntax has been expanded. Delimiters (‘) can be

used in an expression containing an external reference component.
The format for the delimiter usage is as follows:

• TagName.’text’

Expression • Must include full tag.parameter name for X inputs in the

Rules expression and enclose identification number in brackets instead
of parenthesizes. For example, CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[1]
CM151.REGCALC BLOCK.X[2] is valid.

• Expressions cannot contain an assignment operation (a colon

and equal sign with the current syntax) For example,
“CM1.PID1.MODE:=X[1]” is invalid.

Each expression produces a single value (arithmetic or logical

which is automatically stored in a “C” parameter. For example, if
you write four expressions, the result of the first expression is
stored in C[1], the result of the second is stored in C[2], etc. You
can use these results, by name, in succeeding expressions. In
this example, you could use C[1] as an input to expressions 2, 3,
and 4.

• You can mix and nest all operators and functions (including
conditional assignments) in any order as long as value types
match or can be converted.

• You can use blanks between operators and parameter names,

but they are not required.

• You can use all data types except Time in expressions,

including enumerations. They are all treated as numeric types.

• You must configure calculator expressions contiguously (without

breaks) in the arrays.

Parameters ALMDB MODETRACK

ALMDBU NAME
ALMTM NORMMODE
ARWNET[1..8] NORMMODEATTR
ARWOP NUMINSERT
ASTEPID NUMONESHOT
BADCTLALM.FL NUMPRI
BADCTLALM.PR NUMPROPREQ
BADCTLALM.SV NUMSEC
BADCTLFL OP
BADCTLOPT OPBIAS

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 211

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

C[1..8] OPBIAS.FIX
CASREQFL OPBIAS.FLOAT
COMPUTEARW OPBIAS.RATE
CONFIGCODE OPEU
CONFIGDESC OPEXHIFL
CONFIGSTS OPEXHILM
CSTS[1..8] OPEXLOFL
CTLINIT OPEXLOLM
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.DB
CV OPHIALM.DBU
CVEUHI OPHIALM.FL
CVEULO OPHIALM.PR
CVINIT OPHIALM.SV
CVINITSRC OPHIALM.TM
CVORFB OPHIALM.TP
CVORFBSRC OPHIFL
CVSRC OPHILM
CVTYPE OPLOALM.DB
DESC OPLOALM.DBU
ESWENB OPLOALM.FL
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.PR
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.CAS OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.MAN OPLOALM.TP
ESWPERM OPLOFL
EUDESC OPLOLM
EXECCODE[1..8] OPMINCHG
EXECDESC[1..8] OPREQ
EXECSTS[1..8] OPROCLM
EXPR[1..8] OPROCNEGFL
FBORSTS OPROCPOSFL
GAINHILM OPTYPE
GAINLOLM ORDERINCM
HIALM.PR ORFBSTSSRC
HIALM.SV ORFBVALSRC
HIALM.TYPE OUTTYPE
HOLDOPT PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
HOLDRATE PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
HOLDVAL PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INALM PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INITMAN PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INITREQSRC REDTAG
INITVAL[1..8] REGINSERT[1..10]
INITVALSRC REGINSTS[1..10]
INSBLOCK[1..10] RESTARTOPT
INSFAILALM.FL SAFEOP
INSFAILALM.PR SECDATAIN.HISELECT

212 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

INSFAILALM.SV SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
INSFAILFL SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
K SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
LASTMODEREQ SECINITOPT[1..8]
LASTOPREQ SIALM.FL
LASTOPTYPE SIALM.OPT
LASTREQFL SIALM.PR
LASTSTEP SIALM.SV
MODE SIFL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SIOPT
MODEATTR STARTOPT
MODEATTRFL.NORM STARTRATE
MODEATTRFL.OPER STARTVAL
MODEATTRFL.PROG STOPOPT
MODECHANGE STOPRATE
MODEFL.AUTO STOPVAL
MODEFL.BCAS TMOUTFL
MODEFL.CAS TMOUTMODE
MODEFL.MAN TMOUTTIME
MODEFL.NORM X[1..6]
MODEPERM XB[1..6]
MODEREQ XEUHI
XEULO
XK[1..6]
XKB[1..6]
XSTS[1..6]
XWHIFL
XWLOFL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the REGCALC Block.

REMCAS block

Description Receives two inputs (X1 and X2), – X1 comes from a remote cascade
source and X2 comes from a backup cascade – performs timeout
monitoring on both inputs, and normally operates in Cascade mode.

Function Provides automatic switching between a remote and backup cascade

– typically used with PID block that normally gets its set point from a
remote source, but sheds to a local source if there is a
communications failure.

Timeout In cascade or backup cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 213

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Monitoring both inputs (X1 and X2). If either input value is not updated within a
predefined time, this block invokes the following timeout processing.

• If X1 times out, but X2 is good, block

− Sets the input timeout flag (TMOUTFL).

− Sets MODE to backup cascade.

− Sets the currently selected input (SELXINP) to X2.

− Requests the X1 primary to initialize.

• If X2 times out, but X1 is good, block

− Requests the X2 primary to initialize. Since mode is cascade

and X1 is already the currently selected input.

• If both inputs timeout, block

− Sets CV to NaN, which forces a “Bad Control” condition. The

user specifies what actions to take on Bad Control through the
BADCTLOPT.

− Sets the currently selected input (SELXINP) to None.

− Requests both primaries to initialize.

If X1 times out and the block sheds to Backup Cascade mode, block
sets the Cascade Request flag (CASREQFL). When CASREQFL is
set, it means the block is waiting to return to the cascade mode, and
will do so as soon as it brings a good X1 value.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through

Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate oneshot
initialization requests to this block. However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may
be used to ignore initialization requests from this secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = initialization value from the secondary

• Builds an initialization request for X1 primary as:

− INITREQ[1] = ON

− INITVAL[1] = CV – OPBIAS.FIX

• Builds an initialization request for X2 primary as:

− INITREQ[2] = ON

214 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

− INITVAL[2] = CV – OPBIAS.FIX

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override

Feedback Selector block, it receives override feedback data. The data consists
Processing of an override status, override feedback value and an override offset
flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected or unselected
strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type function blocks.
However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may be used to ignore override requests
from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this

block:

• Computes a feedback value for the selected primary.

− The selected primary feedback value =

BACKCALCOUT.ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX - OPBIAS.FLOAT.

− The non-selected primary is propagated with “non-connected”

status.

Inputs • X1 = initializable input from a remote source.

• X2 = initializable input from backup cascade.

• You can configure a description of up to 15 characters for each

input.

Input Ranges • XEUHI and XEULO define the full range of inputs.

− XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

− XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Outputs Block has following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges CVEUHI and CVEULO define the full range of CV in engineering
units.

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of the CV range (user-specified values).

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 215

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

− OP clamps to these limits if algorithm's calculated result (CV)

exceeds them or another block or user program attempts to
store OP value exceeding them.

− Operator may store OP value outside these limits.

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define the extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of the CV range (user-specified
values).

− Operator is prevented from storing an OP value that exceeds

these limits.

Parameters ALMDB OPBIAS

ALMDBU OPBIAS.FIX
ALMTM OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.RATE
ARWOP OPEU
ASTEPID OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXLOFL
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOLM
BADCTLFL OPHIALM.DB
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DBU
CASREQFL OPHIALM.FL
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.PR
CTLINIT OPHIALM.SV
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.TM
CV OPHIALM.TP
CVEUHI OPHIFL
CVEULO OPHILM
CVTYPE OPLOALM.DB
DESC OPLOALM.DBU
ESWENB OPLOALM.FL
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.PR
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.CAS OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.MAN OPLOALM.TP
ESWPERM OPLOFL
EUDESC OPLOLM
FBORSTS OPMINCHG
HIALM.PR OPREQ
HIALM.SV OPROCLM
HIALM.TYPE OPROCNEGFL
HOLDOPT OPROCPOSFL
HOLDRATE OPTYPE
HOLDVAL ORDERINCM
INALM OUTTYPE
INITMAN PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE

216 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS
INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.SV REDTAG
INSFAILFL REGINSERT[1..10]
LASTMODEREQ REGINSTS[1..10]
LASTOPREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPTYPE SAFEOP
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEATTR SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.NORM SELXDESC
MODEATTRFL.OPER SELXINP
MODEATTRFL.PROG SIALM.FL
MODECHANGE SIALM.OPT
MODEFL.AUTO SIALM.PR
MODEFL.BCAS SIALM.SV
MODEFL.CAS SIFL
MODEFL.MAN SIOPT
MODEFL.NORM STARTOPT
MODEPERM STARTRATE
MODEREQ STARTVAL
MODETRACK STOPOPT
NAME STOPRATE
NORMMODE STOPVAL
NORMMODEATTR TMOUTFL
NUMINSERT TMOUTMODE
NUMONESHOT TMOUTTIME
NUMPRI TRACKING
NUMPROPREQ X1
NUMSEC X2
OP XDESC[1..2]
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the REMCAS Block.

SWITCH block

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 217

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Description Accepts up to 8 initializable inputs (that is, primaries) and operates as

a single-pole, 8-position rotary switch.

• An Operator, user program or another block may change switch

position.

Function Typically used to assign different primary to a secondary; allows user

to select one from as many as 8 inputs and outputs the selected
value.

Timeout In cascade mode, performs timeout monitoring on all inputs X[1]

Monitoring through X[8]. If an input value is not updated within a predefined time,
this block invokes the following timeout processing.

• Sets the “input timeout” flag (TMOUTFL).

• Sets the input value to Bad (NaN).

• Requests the input’s primary to initialize.

This block does not support mode shedding on timeout.

Control Block brings initialization requests from its secondary through

Initialization BACKCALC. In addition, the secondary may propagate oneshot
initialization requests to this block. However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may
be used to ignore initialization requests from this secondary.

If the secondary is requesting initialization, block:

• Initializes its output:

− CV = initialization value from the secondary

• Builds an initialization request for selected primary as:

− INITREQ(s) = ON

− INITVAL(s) = CV – OPBIAS.FIX

• If TRACKING is ON, block also builds an initialization request

for the non-selected primaries as:

− INITREQ(n) = ON

− INITVAL(n) = CV – OPBIAS.FIX

Override If this block is in a cascade strategy with a downstream Override

Feedback Selector block, it receives override feedback data. The data consists
Processing of an override status, override feedback value and an override offset
flag. The status indicates if this block is in the selected or unselected
strategy. The offset flag only applies to PID type function blocks.
However, SECINITOPT[1..8] may be used to ignore override

218 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Regulatory Control Blocks

requests from the secondary.

When override status changes from selected to unselected, this

block:

• Computes a feedback value for the selected primary.

− The selected primary feedback value =

BACKCALCOUT.ORFBVAL - OPBIAS.FIX - OPBIAS.FLOAT

− The non-selected primaries are propagated with “not selected”

status.

Inputs Accepts up to 8 initializable inputs -- X[1] through X[8].

• X[1] and X[2] are required; X[3] through X[8] are optional.

• Inputs must be pulled from other blocks (cannot be stored).

• You can configure a description of up to 15 characters for each

input.

Input Ranges User must specify an X-input engineering unit range, XEUHI and
and Limits XEULO, which defines the full range of inputs (for all X-inputs).

• XEUHI represents the 100% of full scale value.

• XEULO represents the 0% of full scale value.

Block provides its input range (XEUHI/XEULO) to the primaries

through BACKCALC. The primaries use this for their output range
(CVEUHI/CVEULO).

Outputs Block has the following initializable outputs:

• OP = Calculated output in percent.

• OPEU = Calculated output in engineering units.

− User may specify a fixed bias to be added to the output.

− Block calculates floating bias to provide bumpless transition

after input switching, initialization or mode change.

Note that the default OP connection pin is exposed on the blocks and
the implicit/hidden connection function automatically makes the
appropriate value/status parameter (OPX/OPEUX) connection when
required.

Output Ranges • CVEUHI and CVEULO define full range of CV in engineering

units. If block has no secondary, CVEUHI and CVEULO track the

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 219

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

“X” input range (XEUHI and XEULO).

• OPHILM and OPLOLM define normal high and low limits for OP
as a percent of CV range (user-specified values).

• OPEXHILM and OPEXLOLM define extended high and low

limits for OP as a percent of CV range (user-specified).

− Prevents operator from storing an OP that exceeds these limits.

Parameters ALMDB OP
ALMDBU OPBIAS
ALMTM OPBIAS.FIX
ARWNET[1..8] OPBIAS.FLOAT
ARWOP OPBIAS.RATE
ASTEPID OPEU
BADCTLALM.FL OPEXHIFL
BADCTLALM.PR OPEXHILM
BADCTLALM.SV OPEXLOFL
BADCTLFL OPEXLOLM
BADCTLOPT OPHIALM.DB
BADINPTOPT[1..8] OPHIALM.DBU
COMPUTEARW OPHIALM.FL
CTLEQN OPHIALM.PR
CTLINIT OPHIALM.SV
CTLSTATE OPHIALM.TM
CV OPHIALM.TP
CVEUHI OPHIFL
CVEULO OPHILM
CVTYPE OPLOALM.DB
DESC OPLOALM.DBU
ESWENB OPLOALM.FL
ESWFL.AUTO OPLOALM.PR
ESWFL.BCAS OPLOALM.SV
ESWFL.CAS OPLOALM.TM
ESWFL.MAN OPLOALM.TP
ESWPERM OPLOFL
EUDESC OPLOLM
FBORSTS OPMINCHG
HIALM.PR OPREQ
HIALM.SV OPROCLM
HIALM.TYPE OPROCNEGFL
HOLDOPT OPROCPOSFL
HOLDRATE OPTYPE
HOLDVAL ORDERINCM
INALM OUTTYPE
INITMAN PRIM.[1..8].INITIALIZABLE
INITREQ[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].HISELECT
INITVAL[1..8] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBSTS

220 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Sequential Control Module Blocks

INSBLOCK[1..10] PRIMDATA.[1..8].ORFBVAL
INSFAILALM.FL PRIMDATA.[1..8].OROFFSET
INSFAILALM.PR PRIMDATA.[1..8].PROPOVRD
INSFAILALM.SV REDTAG
INSFAILFL REGINSERT[1..10]
LASTMODEREQ REGINSTS[1..10]
LASTOPREQ RESTARTOPT
LASTOPTYPE SAFEOP
LASTREQFL SECDATAIN.HISELECT
LASTSTEP SECDATAIN.ORFBSTS
MODE SECDATAIN.ORFBVAL
MODEAPPL[1..4] SECDATAIN.OROFFSET
MODEATTR SECINITOPT[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.NORM SELXDESC
MODEATTRFL.OPER SELXFL[1..8]
MODEATTRFL.PROG SELXINP
MODECHANGE SIALM.FL
MODEFL.AUTO SIALM.OPT
MODEFL.BCAS SIALM.PR
MODEFL.CAS SIALM.SV
MODEFL.MAN SIFL
MODEFL.NORM SIOPT
MODEPERM STARTOPT
MODEREQ STARTRATE
MODETRACK STARTVAL
NAME STOPOPT
NORMMODE STOPRATE
NORMMODEATTR STOPVAL
NUMINSERT TMOUTFL
NUMONESHOT TMOUTTIME
NUMPRI TRACKING
NUMPROPREQ X[1..8]
NUMSEC XDESC[1..8]
XEUHI
XEULO

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the SWITCH Block.

Sequential Control Module Blocks

HANDLER Block
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 221
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Description SCM HANDLER blocks are execution modules that group STEP and
TRANSITION blocks.

• Multiple Handler blocks may be contained within an SCM block,

each modeled as a set of STEP and TRANSITION blocks, based
on the following categories:

− Edit Handler

− Main Handler

− Check Handler

− Interrupt Handler

− Restart Handler

− Hold Handler

− Stop Handler

− Abort Handler

• Choices of which HANDLER block of each category to invoke

are manifested through a HANDLER block selection list on the
SCM block.

• A HANDLER block is invoked when

− its invoke conditions, modeled in its Invoke TRANSITION block,

are met

− when the SCM block is commanded to invoke the Handler (for

example, the STOP command causes the STOP Handler to
execute).

Function Used to describe, group, and categorize sequential control behavior.

Parameters CONFIGCODE INVOKT.HANDLE

CONFIGDESC NAME
CONFIGSTS NUM
DESC ORDERINCM
EXECCODE PROCESSED
EXECDESC PRODCODEA
EXECSTS STATE
HANDLER TYPE

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more

222 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Sequential Control Module Blocks

information on the HANDLER Block.

STEP Block

Description An SCM block which defines specific output actions.

• A specified output action usually generates a request to a

control device to do something (for example, open a valve, start a
pump, set furnace temperature).

• The source value of each output can be an expression (thereby

enabling calculations in each output).

Function Organizes the output expressions of an SCM HANDLER block at a

specific stage of the HANDLER's execution thread.

Outputs • Up to 16 outputs may be defined per SCM STEP block.

• The STEP block whose outputs are active is called the Active
Step.

Expressions You enter desired output expressions into the Step output
configuration form. You compose an output expression to include a
target store destination for a source value and a source expression
that generates the value to be stored. (For example, cm1.pid1.sp :=
cm2.pid2.op + 50.0.) Source expressions can evaluate to a Boolean
value using a combination of arithmetic and logical operators, to an
arithmetic value using arithmetic operators, or may simply specify any
scalar value (Floating Point, Boolean, Enumeration) for comparison in
a logical expression or as a value to be stored to the target store
destination. Parameters of other blocks can be referenced as long as
the block is already defined in the system database. Note that :

• String data types are not supported.

• Enumerations and Boolean are supported, but values must be

entered as integers. For example:

− cm1.flag1.pvfl := 1 (PVFL is turned ON)

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameters ACTIVEFL NUMOUTPUTS

ACTVTNTIME OP[1..16].CONFIGCODE
CONFIGCODE OP[1..16].CONFIGDESC
CONFIGDESC OP[1..16].CONFIGSTS
CONFIGSTS OP[1..16].DESC

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 223

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

DESC OP[1..16].DSTNCTRLREQ
EUDESC OP[1..16].EXECCODE
EXECCODE OP[1..16].EXECDESC
EXECDESC OP[1..16].EXECSTS
EXECSTS OP[1..16].SRCEXPR
HANDLER OP[1..16].STATE
IC.BYPPERM OP[1..16].TYPE
IC.BYPREQ ORDERINCM
IC.CONFIGCODE PROCESSED
IC.CONFIGDESC PRODCODEA
IC.CONFIGSTS SC.BYPPERM
IC.DESC SC.BYPREQ
IC.EXECCODE SC.CONFIGCODE
IC.EXECDESC SC.CONFIGDESC
IC.EXECSTS SC.CONFIGSTS
IC.EXPR SC.DESC
IC.FL SC.EXECCODE
IC.INVOKFL SC.EXECDESC
IC.OPT SC.EXECSTS
ID SC.EXPR
MAXTIME SC.FL
MAXTIMEFL SC.INVOKFL
MINTIME SC.OPT
NAME STATE
NEXTCOMP[1..10] TIME
NEXTHANDLE[1..10] UPDRESOPT
NEXTNUMBER
NUM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more

information on the STEP Block.

SYNC Block

Description The SYNC block lets you configure SCMs to have steps and
transitions executing in parallel. The sync block will synchronize the
start and finish of a parallel section.

Function Waits until all preceding steps and transitions have completed before
moving on the next threads.

You can use SYNC blocks to be sure, that at a certain point in time,
all previous threads are synchronized before proceeding to the next
set of steps and transitions. You can also use them to start the next
set of parallel steps and transitions.

224 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Sequential Control Module Blocks

Inputs/Outputs Sync blocks can have any combination of up to fifteen inputs and
fifteen outputs (either step or transition blocks).

Parameters CONFIGCODE NEXTCOMP[1..15]

CONFIGDESC NEXTHANDLE[1..15]
CONFIGSTS NEXTNUMBER
DESC NUMORDERINCM
EPREV PREVHANDLE
EUDESC PREVNUMBER
EXECCODE PROCESSED
EXECDESC STATE
EXECSTS
HANDLER

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more

information on the STEP Block.

TRANSITION Block

Description An SCM block that defines specific input conditions for a Handler.

• Input conditions and conjoining TRANSITION blocks define a

distinct process state that must be achieved in order for the
output actions specified by the next STEP block to be performed.

• The input conditions grouped into a TRANSITION block are the

condition expressions that direct sequential execution flow.

Function Defines the distinct process state that must be achieved in order to
allow the SCM HANDLER to advance to the control step (that is, the
STEP block) so that it can perform the output actions specified.

Input Conditions • A maximum of 10 standard input conditions are supported per

SCM TRANSITION block.

• The Invoke TRANSITION block in the MAIN HANDLER of the

SCM block provides the Start Conditions for the SCM.

• Logic gates may be AND, OR, NAND, NOR, NOT, XOR,

CONNECT, NONE, OFF, or ON.

− XOR must have two inputs.

− CONNECT and NOT have only one input -- the output is the
same as the input and the output is the logical negation of the

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 225

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

input, respectively.

− NONE, ON, and OFF have no inputs.

Expressions You enter desired condition expressions into the transition condition
configuration form. Condition expressions can evaluate to a Boolean
value using a combination of arithmetic and logical operators (for
example, cm1.pid1.sp + cm2.pid2.op >= 50.0). Parameters of other
blocks can be referenced as long as the block is already defined in
the system database. Note that :

• String data types are not supported.

• Enumerations and Boolean are supported, but values must be

entered as integers. For example:

− cm2.pid1.mode = 2 (Mode is compared to Cascade)

Operators and Table 3 lists the expression operators and functions supported by this
Functions block for reference.

Parameters C[1..10].BYPPERM CONFIGSTS

C[1..10].BYPREQ DESC
C[1..10].CONFIGCODE EXECCODE
C[1..10].CONFIGDESC EXECDESC
C[1..10].CONFIGSTS EXECSTS
C[1..10].DESC G[1..4].ALGID
EUDESC G[1..4].FIRSTCOND
C[1..10].EXECCODE G[1..4].NUMINPTS
C[1..10].EXECDESC G[1..4].SO
C[1..10].EXECSTS HANDLER
C[1..10].EXPR NEXTCOMP
C[1..10].FL NEXTHANDLE
C[1..10].GATEASGN NAME
C[1..10].INVOKFL NUM
C1 NUMCONDS
CONFIGCODE ORDERINCM
CONFIGDESC PROCESSED
PRODCODEA
SO
STATE

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Sequential Control Module User Guide for more

information on the TRANSITION Block.

226 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
System Blocks

System Blocks
CONTROL MODULE block (Continuous Control)

Description One of two system container blocks supported by CEE. It holds

continuous and discrete function blocks.

Function Configurable building block for defining control strategies. Lets you
encapsulate strategies according to function.

It provides these basic services for configured blocks:

• Serves as the unit of load for continuous and discrete control

strategies.

• Transfers data between passive parameters that have no

associated active connector.

• Executes component function blocks in an established order,

which is configurable or arbitrarily determined by the CM.

• Provides independent tag names component blocks their

parameters.

• Serves the execution master for continuous and discrete control

strategies.

Inputs Input parameters for component blocks that connect to other CMs
and SCMs.

Outputs Output parameters for component blocks that connect to other CMs
and SCMs.

Parameters ALIASOPT PHASE

ALMENBSTATECBBLOCKPRO PRIMARYSIG
P QUALSTATE
CEESTATE REASONSET
CONTCUTOUT PREVLOADSTAT
CTRLCONFIRM SCANASSOCDSP
DESC SCANCTRLLVL
ESTWEIGHT SCANGRPDTL
EUDESC SCANPNTDTL
EXECSTATE SCMASTEP
FFPERIOD SCMID
INALM SCMNAME
INSERTINDEX SCMOPT
IOSCHEDOPT SCMSTATE
ISFFCM SCRIPTOR

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 227

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

JOURNALONLY SECONDARYSIG
KEYWORD SECSIGSECLVL
LOADSTATE STALECOUNT
NAME UNITTEXTUSERSYMNAME
NUMSIGS VERSION
ORDERINCEE
ORDERINLINK
PERIOD

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the Control Module Block.

228 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
System Blocks

SEQUENTIAL CONTROL MODULE block (Sequential Control)

Description A system container block that consists of sequences of STEP and

TRANSITION blocks grouped by specific HANDLER blocks.

• The SCM block may only contain its own components (that is,
HANDLER, STEP and TRANSITION blocks); it cannot contain
other basic blocks such as PID or logic blocks.

Function Used to organize normal- and exception-based sequential control

logic.

Parameters ABORTALM.FL INVFRMHNDTYP[1..8]

ABORTALM.PR INVFROMSTEP[1..8][1..10]
ABORTALM.SV INVFROMSTEPN[1..8][1..10]
ABORTLOCK INVREASON[1..8]
ACTIVEHANDLR[1..8] INVTHREAD[1..8]
ACTIVELOC.HANDLER INVTIME[1..8]
ACTIVELOC.HANDLERN KEYWORD
ACTIVELOC.HNDTYPE LOADSTATE
ACTIVELOC.STEP[1..10] MODE
ACTIVELOC.STEPN[1..10] MODEATTR
ACTIVELOC.TIME[1..10] NAME
ALIASBLKTYP[ ] NORMMODE
ALIASOPT NORMMODEATTR
ALIASPRMTYP[ ] NUMALIASES
ALMENBSTATE NUMHISTPARMS
AUXCMD NUMINSTANCES
AUXOPT NUMRECPARMS
AUXREQ NUMTHREADS
AUXREQDATA[1..5] NUMTRANS
AUXSTS ORDERINCEE
AUXUNIT ORDERINCM
CEESTATE PAUSEFL
CMDEXEC PERIOD
COMMAND PHASE
CONFIGCODE PREVLOADSTAT
CONFIGDESC RECDESC[1..50]
CONFIGSTS RECMATCODE[1..50]
CONTROLLOCK RECSCALE[1..50]
DESC RECTARGET[1..50]
ENBHANDLER[1..8] RECTARGETMAX[1..50]
ESTWEIGHT RECTARGETMIN[1..50]
EUDESC RESADDR[1..10]
EVALTRANS[1..10][1..10] RESADDRFUTRN[1..10]
EVALTRANSN[1..10][1..10] RESADDRFUTUR[1..10]
EXCMODEOPT RESADDRN[1..10]
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 229
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

EXECCODE RSTPROCESSED
EXECDESC SCANASSOCDSP
EXECSTATE SCANCTRLLVL
EXECSTS SCANGRPDTL
FAILALM.FL SCANPNTDTL
FAILALM.PR SELHANDLER[1..8]
FAILALM.SV SELHANDLERN[1..8]
HIALM SSTEPLOCK
HIALM.PR STATE
HIALM.SV STEPALM.FL
HIALM.TYPE STEPALM.PR
HISTDESC STEPALM.SV
HOLDALM.FL STOPALM.FL
HOLDALM.PR STOPALM.PR
HOLDALM.SV STOPALM.SV
INALM TARGETSTEP[1..10]
INSERTINDEX TIME[1..8]
INSTSELECT UNITTEXT
INVCOND[1..8] VERSION
INVFRMHNDLER[1..8]
INVFRMHNDLERN[1..8]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Sequental Control Module User Guide for more

information on the Sequential Control Module Block.

Universal Control Network Interface (UCNIF) Block

UCNOUT block

Description Supports Setpoint Control (SPC), Direct Digital Control (DDC),

Remote Setpoint Control (RSP) and Direct Digital Control with
Remote Setpoint (DDCRSP) remote cascade types between the
regulatory control function blocks included in an ACE supervisory
controller control strategy and the regulatory control points included in
a Process Manager controller.

Function • Provides configurable connections and compatible data

mapping between controllers.

• Translates secondary data (SECDATA) from Process Manager

regulatory control points to ACE controller compatible back
calculation (BACKCALC) data.

• Participates in Remote Cascade Request protocol for Process

230 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Hiway Interface (HIWAYIF) Blocks

Manager regulatory control point MODE changes.

• Forwards inputs from primary regulatory control blocks in ACE

supervisory controller to Process Manager regulatory control
point.

Inputs/Outputs The remote cascade type (REMCASTYPE) selection determines

which UCNOUT block inputs/outputs to use through the Configure
Block form in Control Builder.

Parameters BACKCALCOUT SECDATAIN

BCOUT.ARWSTS SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
BCOUT.EUHI SECDATAIN.CASREQ
BCOUT.EULO SECDATAIN.CASSHED
BCOUT.INITREQ SECDATAIN.EULO
BCOUT.INITVAL SECDATAIN.EUSPAN100
BCOUT.ONESHOT SECDATAIN.INITREQ
BCOUT.ORFBSTS SECDATAIN.INITVAL
BCOUT.ORFBVAL SECDATAIN.SECTYPE
BCOUT.OROFFSET SPOUT
MODEOUT SPPIN
NAME
OPIN
OPOUT
ORDERINCM
REMCASTYPE
RSPPIN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the UCNOUT Block.

Hiway Interface (HIWAYIF) Blocks

HIWAYOUT block

Description Supports Setpoint Control (SPC) and Direct Digital Control (DDC),
remote cascade types between the regulatory control function blocks
included in an ACE supervisory controller control strategy and the
Data Hiway regulatory control points. It participates in Remote
Cascade Request protocol for Data Hiway point mode changes.

Function • Provides configurable connections and compatible data

mapping between controllers.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 231

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

• Translates secondary data (SECDATA) from Data Hiway

regulatory control points to ACE controller compatible back
calculation (BACKCALC) data.

• Participates in Remote Cascade Request protocol for Data

Hiway regulatory control point MODE changes.

• Forwards inputs it receives from the primary of a regulatory

control function block in the ACE controller to a Data Hiway
regulatory control point.

Inputs/Outputs The remote cascade type (REMCASTYPE) selection determines

which HIWAYOUT block inputs/outputs to use through the Block
Properties form in Control Builder.

Parameters BACKCALCOUT SECDATAIN

BCOUT.ARWSTS SECDATAIN.ARWSTS
BCOUT.EUHI SECDATAIN.CASREQ
BCOUT.EULO SECDATAIN.CASSHED
BCOUT.INITREQ SECDATAIN.EULO
BCOUT.INITVAL SECDATAIN.EUSPAN100
BCOUT.ONESHOT SECDATAIN.INITREQ
BCOUT.ORFBSTS SECDATAIN.INITVAL
BCOUT.ORFBVAL SECDATAIN.SECTYPE
BCOUT.OROFFSET SECDATAIN.STS
MODEOUT SIMMODE
MODEOUTSTS SPOUT
NAME SPOUTSTS
OPIN SPPIN
OPOUT
OPOUTSTS
ORDERINCM
REMCASTYPE

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the HIWAYOUT Block.

Utility Blocks
FLAG block

Description Provides storage for a single two-state value which can be accessed
as a simple Boolean (OFF or ON) value using the PVFL parameter,
or as one of two user-configured state values (for example, Running
232 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210
Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Utility Blocks

and Stopped) via the PV parameter.

Function • Used to define two separate states (for example,

Running/Stopped, Off/On) to indicate status of a particular input.

• There are 2 user-configurable state descriptors, STATETEXT[0]

and STATETEXT[1] that are used to describe STATE0 and
STATE1 respectively.

• Current state of flag can be changed/read using PVFL (Boolean)

or using PV (either STATETEXT[0] or STATETEXT[1]).

• Block also supports:

− configurable access lock which determines who can write a

value to the block (such as operator, engineer, or other function
block).

− an Off-Normal Alarm whereby one of the flag’s states is

configured as the normal state; whenever the flag changes
state, the Off-Normal Alarm is generated.

Inputs/Outputs PVFL is the only exposed block connection, but you can expose other
block parameters through the Configure Block form in Control Builder.

Parameters ACCLOCK OFFNRMALM.PR

DESC OFFNRMALM.SV
EUDESC ORDERINCM
INALM PV
HIALM.PR PVFL
HIALM.SV STATE0
HIALM.TYPE STATE1
NAME STATETEXT[0..1]
NORMAL
OFFNRMALM.FL

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the FLAG Block.

FLAGARRAY block

Description Provides storage for up to 1000 2-state values. The value can be
accessed as a simple Boolean (Off or On) using the PVFL[n]
parameter. Where “n” is the number of the flag.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 233

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

Function • Used to define two separate states (Off/On) to indicate status of

a particular input.

• Number of flag values (NFLAG) is user configurable.

• Current state of flags can be changed/read using flag value

(PVFL[n]) (Boolean).

Inputs/Outputs Boolean output flags (PVFL[1..1000])

Parameters ACCLOCK PVFL[1..1000]

NAME
NFLAG

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the FLAGARRAY Block.

MESSAGE block

Description Provides up to 16 user configurable messages (MESSAGE[n]) that

can be triggered by a client of the block. Where “n” is the number of
the message. A client can be the output from a Step block in a
Sequential Control Module (SCM).

Function • Each message type can be configured (MSGTYPE[0..15]) to be

either:

− Information,

− Confirmable,

− Single Signature*, or

− Double Signature*

* You must have the Electronic Signature system license to use

Single Signature and Double Signature message types.

• When a client triggers a given send flag (SENDFL [n]) input, the
corresponding message (MESSAGE[n]) is sent to the Message
and the Event Summary displays in the Station application.

• For information) only type (INFO) messages, the client trigger

sets the corresponding SENDFL[n] to True. Since the
SENDFL[n] is a pulse trigger, it is automatically set to False
during the next execution cycle. This means the MESSAGE block

234 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Utility Blocks

is ready to send the same message again in the next cycle.

• For confirmation type (CONFIRM) messages, the client trigger

pulses the corresponding SENDFL[n] to send the MESSAGE[n]
to the Server. The client of the MESSAGE block checks for the
confirmed parameter (CONFIRMED[n]) to be set to True. The
CONFIRMED[n] parameter indicates whether the MESSAGE
block has received a confirmation.

• For single signature type (SINGLESIGNATURE) messages, the

client trigger pulses the corresponding SENDFL[n] to send the
MESSAGE[n] to the Server. Once a user acknowledges the
message twice to confirm it through the Message Summary
Display in Station, a Single Signature user interface appears for
the user to record an electronic signature. The MEANINGPRI[n]
parameter provides an indication for the meaning of the primary
signature. Once the message is acknowledged and signature is
obtained, the Message Summary Display sends a confirmation to
the MESSAGE block that turns on the CONFIRMED[n]
parameter to show that the message has been confirmed.

• For double signature type (DOUBLESIGNATURE) messages,

the client trigger pulses the corresponding SENDFL[n] to send
the MESSAGE[n] to the Server. Once a user acknowledges the
message twice to confirm it through the Message Summary
Display in Station, a Single Signature and Double Signature user
interface appear for the user to record the required electronic
signatures. The MEANINGPRI[n] and MEANINGSEC[n]
parameters provide indications for the meaning of the primary
and secondary signatures, respectively. Once the message is
acknowledged and signatures are obtained, the Message
Summary Display sends a confirmation to the MESSAGE block
that turns on the CONFIRMED[n] parameter to show that the
message has been confirmed. In addition, the
MINLVLSECSIG[n] parameter lets users define the minimum
security level required for a secondary signature.

• If the Message block is connected to a block whose output is a

Boolean and the Boolean becomes True, the Message block will
generate the message every time the Message block executes
until the Boolean output turns False. If the desired behavior is to
generate a one-time message, then the message block should
be driven by a Pulse Output.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 16 inputs (SENDFLAG[0..15]) and 16 outputs

(CONFIRMED[0..15]), depending on the message types configured.

Parameters CONFIRM[0..15] MEANINGSEC[0..15]

CONFIRMED[0..15] MESSAGE[0..15]
Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 235
10/04 Honeywell
Figures

DESC MINLVLSECSIG[0..15]
EUDESC MSGTYPE[0..15]
MEANINGPRI[0..15] NAME
ORDERINCM
SENDFL[0..15]

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the MESSAGE Block.

NUMERIC block

Description Provides storage for a floating point value that is accessible via the
PV configuration parameter.

Function • Used to store up to 8 bytes of a floating point value within

defined upper and lower limits for use in a control strategy.

• Configurable high and low limits are also provided.

• Also supports a configurable access lock which determines who

can write a value to the block (such as operator, engineer, or
another function block.).

Inputs/Outputs PV is only exposed block connection, but you can expose other block
parameters through the Configure Block form in Control Builder.

Parameters ACCLOCK PVFORMAT

ORDERINCM PVHILM
PV PVLOLM

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the NUMERIC Block.

NUMERICARRAY block

Description Provides storage for up to 200 floating point values that are
accessible through the corresponding PV configuration parameter
(PV[n]). Where “n” is the number of the numeric.

Function Use outputs (PV[1..200]) as source parameters to provide predefined

analog constants to other function blocks. A bad numeric output

236 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Utility Blocks

parameter typically has the value NaN (Not-a-Number).

Number of Numeric Values (NNUMERIC) is user configurable.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 200 outputs (PV[1..200]), depending on the number of numeric

values (NNUMERIC) configured

Parameters ACCLOCK PV[1..200]

NAME PVFORMAT
NNUMERIC

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the NUMERICARRAY Block.

PUSH block

Description The PUSH function block provides store/push capability of different

data types to the output destination.

The block fetches input value and stores to destination if the output
store enable flag is true or if it is the first time change of CM or CEE
state.

Function − The PUSH function block supports all the data types supported
by the TypeConvert function block.

− The block is designed so that it always pushes when the control

module goes Active or CEE goes into RUN.

− Once the first store is successful, the block has features to store
only on change for outputs of BOOLEAN and FLOAT64 data
type. This feature is provided to prevent the unnecessary traffic
on the network if the stores are peer-to-peer.

− The function block performs the type conversion and clamping

before it pushes the value to the destination. The destinations
are configured either by using parameter connector edit box
using point picker in the control builder or by using wire
connections.

Inputs/Outputs If the PUSH block is able to fetch the value, then it is pushed to the
destination.

There are two statuses provided; EXECSTS and STORESTS. These

will give the user indication of the status of fetching input and status of

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 237

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

output store.

If STOREENB is OFF, only the first time store on CM or CEE change

occurs. No other store happens unless the STOREENB is set to ON.

If STORONCHGENB is set to ON, the input values are stored to the

destination ONLY when the input is changed. In the case of floating
point number, the value is considered changed only if the absolute
value of the difference between the new value and the last value is
larger than the configured INPUTCHGDB.

BOOLVALUEOFF, BOOLVALUEON and ENUMTOBOOLMAP[0..63]

behave the same as in type convert block.

Parameters BOOLVALUEOFF OUT.ENUM

BOOLVALUEON OUT.FLOAT32
ENUMBOOLMAP[0..63] OUT.FLOAT64
EXECSTS OUT.INT8
IN.BOOLEAN OUT.INT16
IN.ENUM OUT.INT32
IN.FLOAT32 OUT.SDENUM
IN.FLOAT64 OUT.UINT16
IN.INT8 OUT.UINT32
IN.INT16 PVFL
IN.INT32 SDENUMTEXT
IN.SDENUM STATE0
IN.UINT16 STATE1
IN.UINT32 STATETEXT[0..1]
INPUTCHGDB STOREENB
NAME STORESTS
ORDERINCM STORONCHGENB
OUT.BOOLEAN THRESHOLD
TRUNCATEOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the PUSH Block.

238 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Utility Blocks

TEXTARRAY block

Description Provides storage for up to 120 text strings that are accessible through
the corresponding string configuration parameter (STR[n]). Where “n”
is the number of the text string.

Function • Provides predefined text (STR[1..120]) strings to other blocks.

• Number of string values (NSTRING) is user configurable.

• The length of the text strings (STRLEN) is user configurable as

8, 16, 32, or 64 characters

• Supports a maximum size of 960 two-byte characters. The

maximum data combinations that you can configure through
NSTRING and STRLEN values are as follows.

− If NSTRING is 15 and STRLEN is 64, then the STR[n] range is

1 to 15.

− If NSTRING is 30 and STRLEN is 32, then the STR[n] range is

1 to 30.

− If NSTRING is 60 and STRLEN is 16, then the STR[n] range is

1 to 60.

− If NSTRING is 120 and STRLEN is 8, then the STR[n] range is

1 to 120.

Inputs/Outputs Up to 120 output strings (STR[1..120]), depending on the number of

string (NSTRING) and length of string (STRLEN) values configured.

Parameters ACCLOCK ORDERINCM

NAME STR[1..120]
NSTRING STRLEN

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the TEXTARRAY Block.

TIMER block

Description Provides capability to time process events or create known delays.

Function Used to keep track of elapsed time during a process and provides

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 239

10/04 Honeywell
Figures

indication when elapsed time reaches predefined limit.

Inputs/Outputs SO is only exposed block connection, but you can expose other block
parameters through the Configure Block form in Control Builder.

Commands are sent to timer in one of two ways:

4. By operator using COMMAND parameter.

5. Through connections to parameters STARTFL, STOPFL,

RESETFL, and RESTARTFL.

Parameters COMMAND SO
NAME SP
ORDERINCM STARTFL
PV STATE
RESETFL STOPFL
RESTARTFL TIMEBASE
RV

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the TIMER Block.

TYPECONVERT block

Description Provides the ability to convert one data type to another for connecting
parameters of different data types.

Function • Supports data type conversions for all combinations among the
following major data types.

− Boolean

− Integer (signed 8-bit integer and unsigned/signed 16/32-bit

integers)

− Real (32-bit and 64-bit IEEE floating point numbers)

− Enumeration

− If data type conversion is not necessary, then none will be done.

• Used to connect one input parameter to one or many output

parameters with different data types. The TYPCONVERT block
reads the input value and only provides the converted output
when the block connected to its output runs.

240 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference Release R210

Honeywell 10/04
 Reference Data for Functional Block Types
Utility Blocks

Inputs/Outputs Up to nine inputs and nine outputs. The pins for the four most
common inputs (IN.BOOLEAN, IN.INT32, IN.FLOAT64, IN.ENUM)
and outputs (OUT.BOOLEAN, OUT.INT32, OUT.FLOAT64,
OUT.ENUM) are exposed by default.

Parameters BOOLVALUEOFF ORDERINCM

BOOLVALUEON OUT.BOOLEAN
ENUMBOOLMAP[0..63] OUT.ENUM
EXECSTS OUT.FLOAT32
IN.BOOLEAN OUT.FLOAT64
IN.ENUM OUT.INT8
IN.FLOAT32 OUT.INT16
IN.FLOAT64 OUT.INT32
IN.INT8 OUT.SDENUM
IN.INT16 OUT.UINT16
IN.INT32 OUT.UINT32
IN.SDENUM SDENUMTEXT
IN.UINT16 THRESHOLD
IN.UINT32 TRUNCATEOPT

Reference Refer to the Control Builder Parameter Reference manual for

definitions of each parameter.

Refer to the Control Builder Component Theory for more information

on the TYPECONVERT Block.

Release R210 Experion PKS Control Builder Components Reference 241

10/04 Honeywell
Automation and Control Solutions
Honeywell International Inc.
1100 Virginia Drive
Fort Washington, PA 19034